Home

Canon PIXMA MG2924 User Guide Manual

1. Sort Sort This displays the screen to sort registered apps You can use the EE buttons to change the display order of apps When you finish sorting press the Done button to confirm the order CANON iM 7 o t oo ne Facebook A v Cancel Latest notices Latest notices This displays the latest notices The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice User information This displays the User information screen You can change the registered e mail address password language time zone and other settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 54 ae Help legal notices Help legal notices The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Log out This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 4 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select series CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvNrive tr A v Config Properties Manage jobs 5 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed Pi e Apos Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area ar EELA Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them Downloaded
2. Start Scanning Image I Scan Image 2 SMart Scanning Image 2 CIC adhat cropping Games Q Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area in preview If no area is specified the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved If an area is specified only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Save Save Saves the two scanned images as one image Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 474 Cancel Cancels Stitch scan 2 Toolbar You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images x Delete Deletes the scanned image sS Enlarge Reduce Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image Left clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image Right clicking the Preview area reduces the displayed image E za Rotate Left Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter clockwise wah za Invert Vertically Rotates the preview image 180 degrees oe zaj Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise bi o Open Guide Opens this page 3 Thumbnail View Area Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images Appears blank if none has been scanned 4 Preview Area Displays the scanned images You can adjust the layout by dragging the scanned image or check the results of the settings made in 1 Settings and Operation Buttons
3. E g ee F es HE Recommended printing area A 1 24 inches 31 6 mm B 1 15 inches 29 2 mm C Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 66 inch 16 7 mm E 0 25 inch 6 4 mm F 0 25 inch 6 3 mm Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 119 Envelopes Envelope DL 3 88 x 7 06 inches 98 8 x 179 5 mm Envelope Com 10 3 68 x 7 90 inches 93 5 x 200 8 mm He A GEN E Recommended printing area A 0 31 inch 8 0 mm B 1 28 inches 32 5 mm C 0 22 inch 5 6 mm D 0 22 inch 5 6 mm Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 120 Loading Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass Originals You Can Load Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 121 Loading Originals on the Platen Glass 1 Load an original on the platen glass 1 Open the document cover gt D Important e Do not place any object on the document cover It will fall into the rear tray when the document cover is opened and cause the machine to malfunction 2 Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass Originals You Can Load Align the corner of the original with the alignment mark s 3 Important e Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass e Do not place any objects weighing 4 4 Ib 2 0 kg or more on the platen glass Do not put any pressure of 4 4 Ib 2 0 kg or more o
4. Important When using the scanner or printer with network connection you cannot specify Brightness and Contrast 5 Click Preview to preview the image The preview image appears on the right Drag Ld to specify the scan area 6 Click Scan Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 573 When scanning is completed the scanned image appears in the application Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 574 Scanning Using the Control Panel Windows XP Only You can scan images via the Control Panel of Windows XP using the WIA driver gt Important e When using the scanner or printer with network connection you cannot scan using the WIA driver 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Click Printers and Other Hardware gt Scanners and Cameras then double click Canon XXX series where XXX is the model name The Scanner and Camera Wizard dialog box appears 3 Click Next 4 Select Picture type according to the item to be scanned gt Scaneor and Camera Wizard Cheare Scanning Paclerences g Dooie you searg peeferences and hen R Previ to ite how you paleana aiat G CA fyese picto B O Ek andie pense oe ent f O Garon Note e To scan with the values previously set in Custom settings select Custom 5 Click Custom settings to set the preferences as required Properties Advanced Propetes Aopesance Berden OPI Picture type 150 Colt pasture Down
5. Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Photo Scan dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Photo Scan dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 417 Scanning with Favorite Settings You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Custom Scan dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK DJ Note Once the settings are made you can scan with the same settings from the next time 3 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 4 Click Custom Product Name Canon series m Auto Document Photo ere Scanning starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Custom Scan dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Custom Scan dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 418 Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the plate
6. Note e Depending on application software you use command names or menu names may vary and there may be more steps For details refer to the user s manual of your application software Opening the Printer Driver Setup Window from the Printer Icon Follow the procedure below to perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning or to configure a printing profile that is common to all application software 1 Select as described below e If you are using Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers e If you are using Windows 7 select the Start menu gt Devices and Printers e If you are using Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers e If you are using Windows XP select the start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 2 Right click your model name icon and then select Printing preferences from the displayed menu The printer driver setup window appears J Important e Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Properties Windows Vista Windows XP displays such tabs regarding the Windows functions as the Ports or Advanced tab Those tabs do not appear when opening through Printing preferences or application software For tabs regarding Windows fun
7. Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 332 Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows You can also set brightness on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Specify the brightness Select Light Normal or Dark for Brightness and click OK The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 333 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tygo Rardord C Yew Color Paten 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the data is printed at the specified brightness Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast
8. Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 334 Adjusting Intensity You can dilute brighten or intensify darken the colors of the overall image data during printing The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed No adjustment Higher intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows You can also set intensity on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Letter 85 11 22280m The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust intensity Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies darkens the colors and moving the slider to the left dilutes brightens the colors You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 335 4 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tygo Rardord C Yew Color Paten Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the
9. gt Note The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings Product Name Canon series DDT The Settings dialog box appears 3 Click Photo Scan C Save to a subfolder with current date Cl Check scan results Applicaton Settings Open wh an application 4 Select Attach to e mail in Application Settings then select an e mail client Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 429 JPEG Image Quality Cl save to a subfolder with current date C check scan results Apphcaten Settings O Open wih an appicabon O Send to an application O Send to a folder Attach to emai Odo not start any application 2 Note e You can add e mail clients to use for attachments from the pull down menu If None Attach Manually is selected manually attach scanned and saved images to e mail 5 Click OK JPEG Image Quality Cl Save toa subfolder with current date C check scan results Apphcaton Settings O Open wih an appicabon O Send to an application O Send to a folder attach toemsl O Do not start any app caton The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 2 Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box Settings
10. gt Note e Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 503 Brightness Adjust the image brightness Move Slider under Brightness to the left to darken and right to brighten the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Note e Highlights may be lost if you brighten the image too much and shadows may be lost if you darken the image too much Contrast Contrast is the degree of difference between the brighter and darker parts of an image Increasing contrast will increase the difference thus sharpening the image Decreasing contrast will decrease the difference thus softening the image Move Slider under Contrast to the left to decrease and right to increase the contrast of the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Contrast 0 a Decreased contrast Original image Increased contrast Note e Increasing the contrast is effective in adding a three dimensional feel to soft images However shadows and highlights may be lost if you increase the contrast too much Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 504 Adjusting Histogram You can adjust the image color tone by using a graph histogram showing brightness distribution via 4 Histogram in ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab Pio 10 2155 Gray Balance GR G 8 Note e Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the cu
11. 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab 5 Select Use WPA WPA2 in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WPA WPA2 Details screen is displayed If encryption is not set to the printer the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed Go to step 7 6 Click Change Settings The currert settings for chert authentication ere as follows To change the settings cick Change Settings Authentication Type PSK Dynamic Encryption Type Ato 7 Check the client authentication type and click Next gt Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 197 Check the authentication type and cick Net 8 Enter the passphrase then click Next gt Enter the passphrase set to the access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically 3 Important e If Auto is not displayed on Dynamic Encryption Type select either TKIP
12. Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 217 WPA WPA2 Details Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Specify the printer WPA WPA2 settings The value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings The curtert sellings for chert authentication ere as follows To change the settings cick Change Settings 1 Authentication Type Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication This machine supports the PSK authentication method 2 Dynamic Encryption Type Displays the dynamic encryption method 3 Change Settings Displays the Authentication Type Confirmation screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 218 Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed Check the authentication type and click Next 1 Authentication Type Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed PSK This machine supports the PSK authentication method This authentication type PSK uses a passphrase Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 219 PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Enter the passphrase and select the dyna
13. Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 446 e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files J Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Note ty PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden t
14. Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 314 Setting the Print Quality Level Custom The print quality level can be set in the Custom The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the print quality On the Main tab select Custom for Print Quality and click Set Pian Paper Leter 8 511 22280m 3 Setting the print quality level Drag the slider bar to select the print quality level and click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the selected print quality level gt Important e Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 315 Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 316 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing che
15. Do not use the following envelopes They could jam in the machine or cause the machine to malfunction e Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface e Envelopes with a double flap e Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive 1 Prepare envelopes e Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them 4 bei i 5 e If the envelopes are curled hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction ss If the corner of the envelope flap is folded flatten it Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease Se lt lt The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope 33 Important e The envelopes may jam in the machine if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0 1 inch 3 mm 2 Load envelopes 1 Open the paper support 2 Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 109 1 2 3 Slide the paper guide A to the left and load the envelopes against the far right of the rear tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side Up to 5 envelopes can be loaded at once 4 Slide the paper guide A to align it with the envelopes Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the envelopes The envelopes may n
16. Follow the procedure below to disable the wireless LAN 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 18 times 3 Release the Stop button 4 Press the Black button The Wi Fi lamp goes off Note When you enable the wireless LAN press the Color button in step 4 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 181 Information about Network Connection gt Useful Information about Network Connection Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 182 Useful Information about Network Connection gt Default Values Set at Factory Network Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup gt Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN Printing Out Network Setting Information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 183 Default Values Set at Factory Network Default Values of the LAN Connection Enable disable LAN Communication mode Wireless LAN security IPv4 IP address IPv6 IP address Auto setup Set printer name XXXXXXXXXXXX The default value in this item varies by the machine Default Values of the Access Point Mode SSID access point name XXXXXX MG2900series Security setting WPA2 PSK AES Serial number of the machine XXXXXxX is the last six digits of MAC address of the machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinte
17. Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances DJ Note Do not allow application software to compress print data tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Print after creating print data by page The print data is created in page units and printing starts after the processing of one page of print data is complete If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks selecting this check box may improve the results Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 370 Scale images using nearest neighbor interpolation When an image is to be enlarged or reduced when printed the printer uses a simple interpolation process to enlarge or reduce the image If the image data in a printed document is not printed clearly selecting this check box may improve the results Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances DJ Note Scale images using nearest neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver Prevention of Print Data Loss You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data Depending on the application software being used the image data may be cut off or may not be printed properly In such cases select On If you will not be using this function select Off Important e When using this function the
18. Initializing the Machine Settings Disabling the Wireless LAN Function of the Machine gt Information about Network Connection Useful Information about Network Connection gt About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool Other Screens of IJ Network Tool Appendix for Network Communication Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Storing Printed Images Machine Handling Precautions Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images gt Specifications Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 83 Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 84 Safety Precautions Choosing a location Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty in direct sunlight outdoors or close to a heating source To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks use the machine under the operating environment specified in the On screen Manual Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet Do not place the machine with its back
19. Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows The Power Off function turns off the printer When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver Power Off 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Execute power off Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab When the confirmation message appears click OK The printer power switches off and the Maintenance tab is displayed again KO Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off Auto Power The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Auto Power on the Maintenance tab The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens Note e Ifthe printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Auto Power On Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer
20. Take the appropriate action as described on the screen 4 Complete the installation Click Complete Depending on the environment you are using a message prompting you to restart the computer may be displayed To complete the installation properly restart the computer Important e You can install the XPS printer driver with the same procedure for installing the MP Drivers However when installing the XPS printer driver first complete installation of the MP Drivers e You can download the MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility e Before installing the latest MP Drivers delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Before Installing the MP Drivers Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 400 Printing from a Digital Camera Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 401 Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device You can connect a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device such as a digital camera camcorder or mobile phone to the machine through wireless LAN and print recorded images directly without using a computer Connectable devices PictBridge Wireless LAN comp
21. This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit http www canon co in environment Also this product complies with the India E waste Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead mercury hexavalent chromium polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0 1 by weight and 0 01 by weight for Cadmium except for the exemptions set in Schedule Il of the Rule Environmental Information Reducing your environmental impact while saving money Power Consumption and Activation Time The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used This product is designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs After the last print it switches to Ready Mode In this mode it can print again immediately if required If the product is not used for a time the device switches to its Power Save Mode The devices consume less power Watt in these modes I
22. When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 208 Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 3 Configuration Click to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 7 2 B 4 Punters Name Update Configura on F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the panter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network afer R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 File menu Exit Exits IJ Network
23. 2 Select Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX then click Change Remove 2 Click Yes when the confirmation message appears 3 When uninstallation is complete click OK Note e When the message prompting you to restart your computer appears click OK to restart your computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 569 Other Scanning Methods Scanning with WIA Driver Scanning Using the Control Panel Windows XP Only Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 570 Scanning with WIA Driver You can scan an item from a WIA Windows Image Acquisition compliant application WIA is a driver model implemented in Windows XP or later It allows you to scan items without using an application The procedure varies depending on the application The following procedures are examples only Refer to the application s manual for details Important In Windows XP you cannot scan using the WIA driver via a network connection e Follow these steps to enable scanning over a network The setting may have been completed already depending on your environment In that case Uninstall appears 1 Follow the procedure below to open Network e Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Select the Search charm then click Network displayed by searching for Network e Windows 7 From the Start menu select Computer gt Network e Windows Vista From the Start menu select Network 2 Right click XXX_MAC address where XXX is the mode
24. Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 713 6801 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 714 6900 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 715 6901 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 716 6902 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from
25. Check the settings of the access point Check the settings of the access point for the network connection such as IP address filtering MAC address filtering or DHCP function Make sure that the radio channel of the access point and that assigned to the machine are the same For details on how to check the settings of the access point refer to the instruction manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 595 The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the Wi Fi lamp is lit on the operation panel of the machine If the Wi Fi lamp is off the wireless LAN is disabled Follow the procedure below to enable the wireless LAN 1 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 18 times 2 Release the Stop button 3 Press the Color button Wireless LAN is enabled and the Wi Fi lamp is lit When the machine is connected to the computer temporarily using a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is connected properly When you set up the wireless LAN connection or change the wireless LAN settings using IJ Network Tool through USB connection make sure that the machine is connected to the computer with a USB cable securely Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable Make sure that the machine setup is completed If not perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according
26. Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 621 Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially Is the Page Layout Printing performed or the Binding margin function used When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is being used thin lines may not be printed Try thickening the lines in the document Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 622 Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially Select the setting not to compress the printing data If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using the printing result may be improved Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box then click OK Deselect the check box after printing is complete Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 623 Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Prin
27. Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 233 If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer and the computer Network Information Screen Display Warning Automatically Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen When this menu is selected the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing 3 Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e Thi
28. Opens the Copies dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Copies Collate and Print from Last Page Pages Selects the method for editing print pages Delete Page Deletes the currently selected page If page layout printing is set the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted This command has the same function as the Delete Page on the toolbar Restore Page Restores pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function To restore pages you must select the View Deleted Pages check box on the Option menu and display the deleted pages as thumbnails Move Page Use the following command to change the order of the currently selected pages Move to First Moves the currently selected page to the beginning of the document If the currently selected page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Forward One Moves the currently selected page one position in front of its current position If the currently selected page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Backward One Moves the currently selected page one position after its current position If the currently selected page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 388 Move to Last Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document If the currently selected page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selec
29. Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility To scan from IJ Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network specify your scanner or printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX then follow the steps below to change the connection status between it and the computer 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Select Canon XXX series Network where XXX is the model name for Product Name Note e For USB connection select Canon XXX series where XXX is the model name for Product Name 3 Click Settings to use another scanner connected to a network tt 4 Click 1 General Settings then click Select in Product Name The Scan from PC Settings screen of IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears Select the scanner you want to use and click OK 5 In the Settings General Settings dialog box click OK The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears You can scan via a network connection Note e If your scanner or printer does not appear check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again e MP Drivers is installed e Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers e Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 580 If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Problems with Network Communication for your model from Home of the Online Manual Dow
30. Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 639 There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed Exit other applications and try again eile Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again Resolution Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 640 Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Restart the computer reduce the output resolution in ScanGear scanner driver and scan again Refer to Output Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details CELPA Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space then scan again Error message may appear if there is not enough hard disk space to scan and save when the image size is too large such as when scanning a large item at high resolution In Folder to Save Temporary Files of IJ Scan Utility specify a folder on a drive with sufficient free space Settings General Settings Dialog Box Multiple devices may be connected to USB ports Disconnect devices other than your scanner or printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 641 Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows Disconnect the USB cable then uninstall delete and reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility Step 1 Uninstall MP Drivers Refer to Deleting the Unnecessary MP Dri
31. Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 669 D Note When the machine is used over LAN the port name of the machine is displayed as CNBJNP_XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX is the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the machine e If the setting is incorrect Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or install them from our website e Printing does not start even though the machine is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named USBnnn is selected In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer If My Printer is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for My Printer Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your machine s name In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your machine s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or install them from our website Printing does not start even though the port named CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx is selected when the machine is used over LAN Launch IJ Network Tool and select CNBJNP_xx
32. Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 90 Main Components gt Front View gt Rear View gt Inside View gt Operation Panel Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 91 Front View 1 7 6 5 1 document cover Open to load an original on the platen glass 2 paper support Open to load paper in the rear tray 3 paper guide Align with the left side of the paper stack 4 rear tray Load paper here Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time and fed automatically one sheet at a time Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes 5 cover Open to replace the FINE cartridge or remove jammed paper inside the machine 6 paper output tray Printed paper is ejected Pull out it before printing 7 output tray extension Extend to support ejected paper Extend it when printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 92 8 9 8 operation panel Use to change the settings of the machine or to operate it Operation Panel 9 platen glass Load an original here Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 93 Rear View 1 power cord connector Plug in the supplied power cord 2 USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer gt Important e Do not touch the metal casing e Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is printing or scanning originals with the
33. If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 722 6933 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 723 6936 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 724 6937 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 725 6938 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 726 6940 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine
34. In whole image view An active cropping frame is automatically specified around the preview image You can drag the cropping frame in the Preview area to specify the area Note e You can change the auto crop setting in the Preferences dialog box Refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab for details Cropping Frame Types poet Shh awww 1 2 1 Thick cropping frame rotating or stationary Represents a selected cropping frame Appears only in whole image view You can select multiple cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key Output size image corrections and other settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will be applied to all the selected cropping frames 2 Thin cropping frame In thumbnail view Output size image corrections and other settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will be applied Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 554 In whole image view Represents an unselected cropping frame The settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will not be applied Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into aii I y e Arrow when it is positioned over a cropping frame If you click and drag the mouse in the direction of the arrow the cropping frame will expand or contract accordingly The cursor will change into fo Crosshair Arrow when it is positioned within a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to move
35. Installing the Printer Driver e To install the regular printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then install the driver from Start Setup Again e To install the XPS printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then select XPS Driver from Add Software Specifying the Printer Driver To specify the printer driver open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using and select XXX Printer where XXX is your model name to specify the regular printer driver or select XXX Printer XPS where XXX is your model name to specify the XPS printer driver Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver To display a description of a tab in the printer driver setup window click the Help button found on the tab Related Topic How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 344 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from the printer icon Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing 1 Select the command that you perform printing on the application software In general select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box 2 Select your model name and click Preferences or Properties The printer driver setup window appears
36. When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 450 Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White D gt Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality o
37. When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Eile Egt Yew Zoom Option Help e s SI G B Cocument Name Page Informaton Layout Manual Color Adjustment test Notepad Printer Paper Size Letter 85 11 2228om Media Type Pain Paper Paper Source Rear Tray Page Layout Normal size C Grayscale Printing C Duplex Printing Manual Copies File Menu Selects print operation and print history settings Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon lJ XPS Preview closes This command has the same function as i Print on the toolbar and the Print in the print settings area Print All Documents Prints all documents in the document list and closes the Canon IJ XPS Preview Save Print History Switches whether the documents printed from the Canon IJ XPS Preview are to be saved as print history entries History Entry Limit Switches the maximum number of print history registrations Select 10 Entries 30 Entries or 100 Entries Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 386 Important e If the limit on the number of registration i
38. and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab select Color Correction setting that matches your purpose from the following and click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 319 Caller Correction KM None Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer ICM ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing Specify the input profile to be used None The printer driver does not perform color correction Select this value when you are specifying an individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document data is printed with the specified color correction Important e When ICM is disabled in the application software ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topics Optimal Photo Printing o
39. click an area outside the cropping frame on an image Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 556 In whole image view X To delete a cropping frame select it and click Remove Cropping Frame on the Toolbar Alternatively press the Delete key When there are multiple cropping frames all the selected cropping frames active cropping frame and selected cropping frames are deleted simultaneously Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 557 General Notes Scanner Driver ScanGear scanner driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep these points in mind when using it Scanner Driver Restrictions When using the NTFS file system the TWAIN data source may not be invoked This is because the TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons Contact the computer s administrator for help Some computers including laptops connected to the machine may not resume correctly from standby mode In that case restart the computer Do not connect two or more scanner or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same computer simultaneously If multiple scanning devices are connected you cannot scan from the operation panel of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode In that case follow these steps and scan again 1 Turn off the machine 2 Exit ScanGear then disconnect the USB cable
40. computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 94 Inside View 1 FINE cartridge ink cartridges A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank 2 FINE cartridge holder Install the FINE cartridge The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be installed into the right slot Note e For details on replacing a FINE cartridge see Replacing a FINE Cartridge gt Important e The area around the parts A may be splattered with ink This does not affect the performance of the machine Do not touch the parts A The machine may not print properly if you touch them Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 95 Operation Panel All lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the figure below for explanatory purposes 1 2 0 3 mS 4 E G 5 6 m ae 8 9 le 1 ON button Turns the power on or off Before turning on the power make sure that the document cover is closed Turning the Machine On and Off 2 ON lamp Lights after flashing when the power is turned on Note e You can check the status of the machine by the ON and Alarm lamps ON lamp is off The power is off ON lamp lights The machine is ready to print ON lamp flashes The machine is getting ready to print or printing is in progress Alarm lamp flashes An error has occurred and
41. current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 337 4 After adjusting each color click OK ABCDEF 1234567 Sargle Tyge Rarderd Cl Yew Color Paten Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image is printed with the adjusted contrast Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 338 Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity contrast When you change the color balance or intensity contrast of a document the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity contrast while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Sagded Custom Pisin Paper Leter 85x11 22280m Ago Harus J Grayscale Prrting l Preview betore
42. e This function may not be effective for some types of photos Note e It is recommended that you select None when scanning printed materials Fading Correction Use this function to correct photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors None Fading Correction will not be applied Low Select this to correct a small amount of fading and colorcast Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to correct a large amount of fading and colorcast This can affect the tone of the image J Important e You can set Fading Correction after preview e You can set this setting when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Grain Correction Use this function to reduce graininess roughness in photos taken with high speed or sensitized film None Graininess will not be reduced Low Select this when the photo is slightly grainy Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the photo is very grainy This can affect the gradation and sharpness of the image Important e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 536 Gutter Shadow Corre
43. e When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear scanner driver align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen e Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected For Photos Postcards Business Cards or BD DVD CD For Magazines Newspapers or Documents y S 4 z j gt Placing a Single Item Place the item face down on the platen and align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned Place the item face down on the platen with 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and the item Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned J Important Important e Refer to Loading Originals for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the e Large items such as A4 size photos that cannot be portions in which items cannot be scanned placed away from the edges arrow alignment mark of the platen may be saved as PDF files To save in a format other than PDF scan by specifying the data format Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 577 Placing Multiple Items Allow 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space
44. form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form including but not limited to compiled object code generated documentation and conversions to other media types Work shall mean the work of authorship whether in Source or Object form made available under the License as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work an example is provided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object form that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotations elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bind by name to the interfaces of the Work and Derivative Works thereof Contribution shall mean any work of authorship including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner For the purposes of this definition submitted means any form of electronic verbal or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives including but not limited to communication on electronic
45. if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software Always Print with Current Settings Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is possible starting from the next print execution Important e If you log on with a different user name the settings that were set when this function was enabled are not reflected in the print settings e If a setting was specified on the application software it has priority Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs to their default values factory settings Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Name Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save Up to 255 characters can be entered Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 356 The name appears with its associated icon in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Options Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog bo
46. or horizontal white streaks in the pattern A B c C Number of sheets printed so far If there are missing lines in the pattern A Cleaning the print head is required D E D Good E Bad lines are missing If there are horizontal white streaks in the pattern B Cleaning the print head is required F G F Good G Bad horizontal white streaks are present D gt Note The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the nozzle check pattern Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 140 Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition Cleaning the print head consumes ink so clean the print head only when necessary 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes twice then release it immediately The machine starts cleaning the print head The cleaning will be complete when the ON lamp lights after flashing Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head This takes about 30 seconds 3 Check the print head condition To check the print head condition print the nozzle check pattern Note e If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice
47. please contact your local city office waste authority approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit www canon europe com weee Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 87 Korisnici u Srbiji pi Ovaj simbol ozna ava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odla e sa ostalim ku nim otpadom u skladu sa WEEE Direktivom 2012 19 EU i nacionalnim zakonima Ovaj proizvod treba predati odre enom centru za prikupljanje npr na osnovi jedan za jedan kada kupujete sli an novi proizvod ili ovl a enom centru za prikupljanje za recikla u istro ene elektri ne i elektronske opreme EEE Nepravilno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada mo e da ima mogu e negativne posledice po ivotnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE U isto vreme va a saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda e doprineti efikasnom kori enju prirodnih resursa Za vi e informacija o tome gde mo ete da predate va u staru opremu radi recikliranje vas molimo da kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti komunalne slu be odobreni plan recikla e ili Gradsku isto u Za vi e informacija o vra anju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda posetite stranicu www canon europe com weee India only pie This product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the e waste Management and Handling Rules 2011
48. 2 Note e You can correct each image separately Select the frame you want to correct e In thumbnail view you can only create one cropping frame per image To create multiple cropping frames in an image scan in whole image view Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 491 7 Select the images you want to scan Select the checkboxes of the images you want to scan 8 Click Scan Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View Follow these steps if thumbnails are not displayed correctly when previewed or if you want to scan multiple documents as a single image 3J Note e Positions of slanted documents are not corrected in whole image view 1 After previewing images click Thumbnail on the Toolbar Switch to whole image view 2 Note e When the whole image is displayed the icon changes to Whole Image 2 Set Destination 3 Set Output Size according to purpose Invert aspect ratio will be enabled when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible Click this button to rotate the cropping frame Click again to return it to the original orientation 4 Adjust the cropping frames Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 492 Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image You can also create two or more cropping frames If an area is not specified the document will be scanned at the document size Auto Crop If an
49. 6500 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931 6932 6933 6936 6937 6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 A000 to ZZZZ B201 B202 B203 B204 About the support code for paper jam you can also refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 677 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed If the paper is jammed remove it following the procedure appropriate for each case e If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray 1300 If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or from the rear tray Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine Cases other than above n Other Cases Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 678 1300 Cause Paper is jammed in the paper output slot or in the rear tray Action Remove the jammed paper following the procedure below Note If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Pull the paper out slowly either from the rear tray or from the paper output slot whichever is easier Hold the paper with your hands then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it Note e If you cannot pull the paper out turn the machine off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed
50. 84 4445 tiruak seedaaee ba deewawns 394 udama tite MF NING 2 64ci deride gehepeei dean awe kaetead ie aed wera aeons 396 Obtaining the Latest MP Divers o265j03845 440 00he6 e54 itere 646 dR ee 4 ees 168 397 Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers TITT TE See ee ee Te _ 398 Before Installing tha MP DIVGrs lt s 2icearietacecgaeienadietasdaredaakeuaecanes 399 Installing the MP Drivers Ce rer ee re coe pine dete er ee ere 400 Pining foma Digtal Camera Bote eedes cee Seed oton ee sees eeee eee ceases 401 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 402 About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings 0 00 0 020 cece 404 2 Co a ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee ee ee S 405 KARMO GOPE Si 166 46 26 4650 480 boob dee SSO ESE Oe eee debe enaes 406 Switching the Page Size between A4 and Letter 20 0000 c eee eee 408 Soe Ea cea o ed 646 o kb sn tere ka ke Res lesen eesso eas 409 CON AR Om II asc ce ed 6nd ee oe SE eR ROR Oe ee ERE ES 410 scanning with IJ Scan Uti 22566 cee ee rere eevee ee eae dennedy nee Eee eee eee eee Ee ee 411 What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software iacdoncds ak Aw eee deh onde naadada cana ecdas 412 Starting IJ Scan Wie oo sick eee ck Beers atk trr ara te SRNR a Gute g 414 Easy Scanning With AVO SCAN aerogen aaea eae Bade Rs Rade wee ke aude ad 415 Scanning Documents ee e
51. Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear set Image Adjustment in Image Settings to None Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details On the Color Settings tab in the Preferences dialog box of ScanGear set Color Matching Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 645 Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Specify the scan area X K a Click Auto Crop in whole image view of ScanGear scanner driver to automatically display the cropping frame scan area according to the item size You can also manually specify the scan area in thumbnail view or when there are white margins along the item for example in photos or when you want to create custom cropping frames Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window DJ Note e Refer to Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with ScanGear scanner driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 646 Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 647 Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source deselect the Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the i
52. BOX 6 2224424 40444250 bG eee ete baee eee EE Re TEED EL eR RTE baii 542 Seo VEC 644cs ended ond ne TE EE TEE ET HOes HENS Lee E ohare es 543 Pae Tte tat iesee teh e wees ewe aesae Fehr aeteuose needa tes 546 Ce Pashia oa NE Oa PS SRD Y SES SHEE BHD SS BUSES BIGNESS HEE eNOS DE 548 Color Settings Tab eee sigu EAE TE EA TET ere ee ee Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 0 00 000 eee eee eee eee 551 Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear 2 2 ccaccseeseesee eas eed setwaeaseaeraea 554 General Notes Scanner Driver sasc2 22440 easdo eee Jeeseosi Gerad ee reee senses ses 558 Useful Information on Scanning iaiia TIPE TEPERT TIESA T Lis bp binii pasaat BOO Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window 20 0000 ee eee 561 PesOUWUON 2 42 taccue eer ET T EA E S E S E A TATAE E A E 562 Bato FONA aE EEIE A Eee LEE eee ie 564 Color Matching ee TPT EE ee ere eer Ganga lois Biase eae jaga 909 IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen n nananana unarna errre 566 Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX 2 e000 ee wiw eee bb eb eee eee be eed ewes 569 Other Scanning Methods ai ides cid oh heed awed kG bd dew aden ceas deansudhstigeseeas 570 scanning with WIA DIV6l noc dccnsovetcdued deen de cee Rte dened ate ndaue eet ead ae 571 Scanning Using the Control Panel Windows XP Only 0 0 000 c eee eee 575 Placing Items When Scanning from a Compu
53. Basic Encryption or AES Secure Encryption then click Nad 9 Click Finish Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 198 Check the settings for cient authentication and then cick Frish 33 Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer 2 Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 199 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet 1 Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wired LAN tab The Wired LAN sheet is displayed Wired LAN Admin Password v TCPAP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on the Wired LAN sheet see Wired LAN Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm Set the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment 6 Click OK After changing configuration a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before
54. Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 475 When no image has been scanned After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1 The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction and 2 appears next to it After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2 The two scanned images appear Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 476 Related Topic Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 477 Scanning with Application Software that You are Using ScanGear gt What Is ScanGear Scanner Driver Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear Scanner Driver Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode gt Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver gt Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear Scanner Driver ScanGear Scanner Driver Screens Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear General Notes Scanner Driver D Important e Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 478 What Is ScanGear Scanner Driver ScanGear scanner driver is software required for scanning documents It enabl
55. Drivers Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 567 e Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Problems with Network Communication for your model from Home of the Online Manual e You do not need to use this software when scanning via USB Refer to Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to delete it You can scan via USB even if it is not deleted Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 568 Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Scanner Selector EX from your computer Important e You cannot scan over a network after uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX e Log into a user account with administrator privilege 1 Uninstall IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Windows 8 1 Windows 8 1 Click the Settings charm gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Double click Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX J Note If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue Windows 7 Windows Vista 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX then click Uninstall Change Note If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue Windows XP 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs
56. EEE A E T EE T N T EET 687 jC tee ee ee eai eki a beheti ere eee ee ee ee ee 688 UO 8 464549 64 Gh 5544 50 1464006444545055 24 64 eda ee tee 1659040 689 NG eect cite dee hese sek enh ome sees ies che de emece ese sent ees 690 i eee ee eee ee ee eee er ee re ere er Te ee TEE ee ee 691 POO 44 3 Fd a 46S ED bb 1 Reed da whe het bd eee ode Uke eb 2 692 WOO oe oe aeep be seces ae ds ete ee ckqusseeded dee ce ceuemeereeeeidsay aeg 693 jo ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee 694 TOO 426 449 4946 5 949501 4650s deeded een eee sonnets dsdese eel 1655090 695 BG boc pate cee E E hap eee E A EES seeeeee cused s set ese 696 Ci ee eee ee ee eee eee N ee eee ee eer ee ee er ee ree cre 697 ZOD 56 3s 6d oa ba 650s 44 dS ee 254 Rea a Ee E BE 698 ts 2 ot te eae Bese EE ETE T E AS S A EE TE 699 TPO ee ee ee ee ee ee N ee Tee ee ee eee ee ee ee ree ee 700 PO ara eee wera ea rai we EE Se a rs ese eee oe ey ee err 701 WG 24h dap debe adhe t eNeh ep eseeeee ees been eee eases setese 702 Ss eee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee ee ee 703 Ded 4 dn eh E ee on hes 9 ek ee 8 8 704 oy Se ee ee a ee ee ree re ee ee ee ee ee eee eee 705 De ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eT ee ee ee ee ee ee E ee ee ee ees 706 i ae eee ees Pere See ee ee ee ee eee eS ER eee ee ee re ee ee 707 i ee ee eee ee Sere ee eee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee re eee 708 So eee eee ee re ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee ee ee E ee 709 3 ee eee eer eee ee eee Fa ere oer re ree ee eee earn ee eee eee a
57. Head Alignment the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is displayed Nozzle Check Prints a nozzle check pattern Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print Print a nozzle check pattern and check whether the print head is working properly If the print result for a specific color is fainted or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head To display a list of items that you should check before printing the nozzle check pattern click Initial Check Items Print Check Pattern This function prints a pattern that allows you to check whether the any of the ink nozzles are clogged Click Print Check Pattern When the confirmation message is displayed click OK The Pattern Check dialog box is then displayed Left side bitmap good The print head nozzles are not clogged Right side bitmap bad The print head nozzles may be clogged Exit Closes the Pattern Check dialog box and returns to the Maintenance tab Cleaning Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print even though all ink levels are sufficiently high Ink Cartridge Settings Opens the Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box Use this function to specify the FINE cartridge you want to use Bottom Plate Cleaning Performs cleaning of the bottom plate of the printer
58. Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 195 2 Key Length Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point Normally select Auto If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point 7 Click OK 3J Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 196 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings
59. IP address of a computer or a network device to allow access when you selected Single Address Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 Start IP Address Enter the first IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 End IP Address Enter the last IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 DJ Note The Start IP Address must be a smaller value than the End IP Address 3 Comment Optionally enter any information to identify the device such as the name of the computer Important Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 230 Other Screens of IJ Network Tool Yv Canon IJ Network Tool Screen v Status Screen Yv Connection Performance Measurement Screen gt Maintenance Screen v Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Associate Port Screen Yv Network Information Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 231 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Networ
60. LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet Network Information Screen Access Control Sheet Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 207 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen File View Settings Help F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the prrter to configure the settings t may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network after R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 Printers The printer name status printer model name and port name are displayed A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer Configuration changes are applied to the selected printer 2 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer
61. ManualsPrinter com Manuals 691 1686 Cause The ink may have run out Action The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled since the ink level cannot be correctly detected If you want to continue printing without this function press the machine s Stop button for at least 5 seconds Canon recommends to use new genuine Canon cartridges in order to obtain optimum qualities Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 692 1688 Cause The ink has run out Action Replace the ink cartridge and close the cover If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing press the machine s Stop button for at least 5 seconds with the ink cartridge installed Then printing can continue under the ink out condition The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled Replace the empty ink cartridge immediately after the printing The resulting print quality is not satisfactory if printing is continued under the ink out condition Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 693 168A Cause The FINE cartridge is not installed properly or the FINE cartridge not compatible with this machine is installed Action Retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray open the cover then remove the FINE cartridges Make sure that t
62. ManualsPrinter com Manuals 717 6910 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 718 6911 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 719 6930 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 720 6931 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 721 6932 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on
63. Open with an app caton WG Canon My Image Garden O Send to an app cation d Preview O Send to a foder None O Attach to emai d None Attach Marwaly O Stt OCR aT Output to Text O Do not start any aplication 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 33 Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned e Scanning documents Document e Scanning magazines Magazine Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 443 Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK aches 1 00 8 50 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 D gt Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution D gt Note e Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings Image Processing Settings Click Plus to set the following D gt Note e When Color Mode is Black and White only Reduce gutter sha
64. PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search D Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format J Note iY e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 465 Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Enable large image scans Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1 8 GB gt Important e When this checkbox is selected you cannot select Send to an application Send to a folder Attach to e mail or Start OCR e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Note e When this checkbox is not selected images up to 10208 pixels x 14032 pixels can be scanned Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden
65. PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Apache License Version 2 0 January 2004 http www apache org licenses TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE REPRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 16 1 Definitions License shall mean the terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document Licensor shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License Legal Entity shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control are controlled by or are under common control with that entity For the purposes of this definition control means i the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or ii ownership of fifty percent 50 or more of the outstanding shares or iii beneficial ownership of such entity You or Your shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License Source form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications including but not limited to software source code documentation source and configuration files Object
66. Panel Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly Replacing Procedure Also check if the protective tape on the bottom of the FINE cartridge is removed gt Ifthe Alarm lamp lights or flashes see If an Error Occurs e Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven Print the nozzle check pattern From the machine Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern From the computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Step2 Examine the nozzle check pattern If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern Clean the print head From the machine Cleaning the Print Head From the computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 137 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer After cleaning the print head print and examine the nozzle check pattern Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice D Clean the print head deeply From the machine Cleaning the Print Head Deeply From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer If the problem is not resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved D Step5 Replace the FINE cartridge Re
67. Password Username ADMIN Password See About the Administrator Password Note The Username display may differ depending on your browser 3 Displaying Printer Information The top screen for printer information is displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 78 Menu Printer status Utilities Google Cloud Print setup IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Security Firmware update Manual Online Printer status This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount the status and detailed error information You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page and use Web Services Utilities This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning Google Cloud Print setup This function allows you to register this printer to Google Cloud Print or delete the printer IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Allows you to register to IJ Cloud Printing Center or to delete a registration Security Allows you to set the Administrator s password and Operation restrictions for the machine Important For the initial Password see About the Administrator Password For Security reasons we recommend that you change the Password to an individual password e The following character restrictions apply to the password that you enter e Set the password by using 0 to 32 characters e The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric character
68. Raid AG ena Sree ee a R 115 PIV GA E E T T E T IEE A EE NOLE E EEEO TTT 116 PRIMING AIGGy srein deea r aa a 117 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes 2 cc 6 ck cee ee ee 118 LAE LEGAL a dhect eect acd HH bedi a aaa Raed ems DS wedded Hae dard aoe me awe 119 ENVEIOS ne diregi aa a a a a atone a a meetin 120 Loading roM aE E ER EA SEEE aa eRe 121 Loading Originals on the Platen Glass osease dans SoA doe Sew 4 dees a a a aan 122 Originals You Can Load oc 0cidicedse esi dened a a a a dash dee oa edad ae 124 Replacing a FINE ene bce eete eed Soke bie es gece E E as 125 Replacing a FINE Canmndgs 0ii 424 0 49h 50540 2024 h 02S Se HSE ODES EE ae SoHE eE De Dea ODS 126 Checking the Ink Status from Your Compute is ssc keccenn cad dvivetvans ae va Pecans ba wade waa 132 Checking the Ink Status aa ead oye eee Gu soe b 4 CASHES PA SERENE ER CRE SOARS SERENE HOES 133 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel 134 Pie ooo dtc bites agetsatetec edsbbsetuedatstetagasbiseccascennt 135 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect i 2265 6 cei eee eee ee eee a cee ee es 136 Mamtenance Procedure icici tod de hale eee el daha hada kh Kea aaddbad 137 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern 2 asic icant adr eh cure cke dnt ti ri drtkiri int ae aa 139 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern 0 2 caciwor eacae awd ot oeud anata saa Gao Ba hee 140 Cleaning i
69. SSID in SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Note The WEP Details screen or the WPA WPA2 Details screen appears if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point e Access points that cannot be used by this machine including those configured to use different encryption methods are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 216 WEP Details Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Specify the printer WEP settings WEP Key 1 v Kay Length Key Format 3 Key D 4 5 Atherticaton Ato inetyuctions D Note When changing the password WEP key of the printer the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the access point 1 WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format oS a Key Format ASCII 13 characters Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 2 Key Length Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point Select Auto or Open System or Shared Key
70. Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 462 If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settin
71. Set as Default Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 194 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings D gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab 5 Select Use WEP in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WEP Details screen is displayed 6 Change the settings or confirm When changing the password WEP key the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the access point a hH Kay Length 128be 2 Key Format ASCII v 3 Key ID Athertication 5 instructions 1 WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format Key Length Key Format ASCII 13 characters
72. Setup CD ROM or install them from our website ent Make sure that access control is not set to the access point For the procedures to connect an access point and set it up refer to the instruction manual of your access point or contact its manufacturer Note e To check the MAC address or the IP address of the computer see Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 587 Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Machine Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 588 Printing Speed Is Slow The machine may be printing out a large job issued from another computer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the machine Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor The metal concrete or timber including the metallic material mud wall or insulator may interrupt a wireless communication If the machine cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN for the wall material place the
73. Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup 2 Status Not set 1 Setting Initialization Reverts all the network settings of the printer to factory default Click Initialize to display the Initialize Settings screen and click Yes to initialize the network settings of the printer Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website 2 Network Setup of the Card Slot 1 Note e This item is not available depending on the printer you are using Status displays whether the card slot is mapped as a network drive When you click the Network Setup of the Card Slot is displayed Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 239 Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays settings of the card slot and allows you to map a card slot on the network as a network drive on the computer Displays when you click Setup on the Maintenance screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Failed Screen D gt Note e You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with
74. To prevent smudges on the back side of a sheet of paper perform Bottom Plate Cleaning before you perform duplex printing Also perform Bottom Plate Cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page Roller Cleaning Cleans the paper feed rollers Paper feeding may fail if paper dust has stuck to the printer s paper feed rollers In this case clean the paper feed rollers to improve the print result Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 377 Power Off Turns off the printer from the printer driver Perform this function to turn off the printer when you cannot press the ON button POWER button on the printer because the printer is out of your reach You must press the ON button POWER button on the printer to turn the printer on again after clicking this button When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver Auto Power Opens the Auto Power Settings dialog box Specify settings for operating the printer power automatically Perform this function if you want to change the auto power settings Note If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer Quiet Settings Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box Quiet Settings
75. Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status In the access point mode this item is grayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection status Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information gt Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 209 If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer and the computer Network Informa
76. Uncompressed black and white binary e Uncompressed RGB 8 bits per channel e Uncompressed Grayscale PDF Standard File Extension pdf A data format for electronic documents developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated It can be used on various computers and operating systems and fonts can be embedded as well therefore people in different environments can exchange the files without being aware of the differences Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 564 Color Matching Color Matching is the act of making adjustments so that the color tones match between the original item the monitor display and the color printout On your scanner or printer the color tones are adjusted as shown below Example When sRGB is selected as the output profile target Input Profile Source Scanner l ScanGear Scanner Driver t Output Profile Target sRGB OS Application Application Printer Driver Monitor Printer The image s color space is converted from the scanner s color space to SRGB by ScanGear When displaying on a monitor the image s color space is converted from SRGB to the monitor s color space based on the operating system s monitor settings and the application s working space settings When printing the image s color space is converted from sRGB to the printer s color space based on the application s print settings and the printer driver s settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals
77. a Computer Connected to the Network Cannot Communicate with the Machine After the Network Settings Are Changed It may take a while for the computer to obtain the IP address or you may need to restart your computer Search for the machine again after confirming a valid IP address is assigned to the computer Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the network settings in the machine are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the machine settings gt How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the machine within 164 ft 50 m from the access point Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices SH Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible G Make sure that the network settings of the compu
78. address Use Range Specification when you intend to register 17 or more IP addresses Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 227 5 Delete Deletes the selected IP address from the list Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 228 Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Instructions 1 MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer or a network device to allow access 2 Comment Optionally enter any information to identify the device such as the name of the computer gt Important e Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 229 Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible IP Address Screen Single Address Specification Specification Me thot n Instructions 1 Specification Method Select either Single Address Specification or Range Specification to add the IP address es Single Address Specification Specify each IP address separately Range Specification Specify a range of successive IP addresses 2 IP Address Enter the
79. adjusted intensity Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 336 Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast No adjustment Adjust the contrast The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows You can also set contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust the contrast Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast and moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The
80. aesese eG ad ridiko eases awe eetes deh So Rnc deed 643 scan Results Not Satisfactory 244 ccarec crea der ew eden Er REEERE ewe deen aewus eee a4 644 Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor 000000 cece eee eee 645 Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas 0 0 2 00 00 ee 646 Cannot Scan at the Correct Size idaacaddid kdeed wold beeen bad bake bah be 647 Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted 0 0200 e ae 648 Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor 649 software Problems es 4 0446yaeee eu eyed ee Ee SH ERE RE Eee ye Oe ene eee ee 650 The E mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E mail Client er eer ee Jans aes TE vere TEPE REEE PSE dae veer er TELE TEE 651 Problems with the Machine Kosta geeeededeen ees deed denen eded eae ened pies ae 652 The Machine Cannot Be Powered On TEU Apa ai Mabe eae eee baad eee 2 653 The Machine Tums Off Unintentionally e os40 lt s40sesa00 y rd senaa oun tkir dkar tka kitaa 654 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly ee nae aca ae ee 655 Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection 2000000 eee 656 FINE Cartridge Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing ree ere pessera OO Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed 245 525220 5490 4 40884004444 0 4 0088000004 40
81. after turning off the machine be sure to confirm that the ON lamp is off Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 100 Note e You can set the machine to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs are sent to the machine for a certain interval This is the default setting For details on the auto power off feature see below From the machine Turning on off the Machine Automatically From the computer Managing the Printer Power Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 101 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug power cord does not have anything unusual described below The power plug power cord is hot The power plug power cord is rusty The power plug power cord is bent The power plug power cord is worn The power plug power cord is split As Caution If you find anything unusual with the power plug power cord described above unplug the power cord and call for service Using the machine with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 102 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord follow the procedure below gt Important e When you unplug the power cord press the ON button then confirm that the ON lamp is off Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing ma
82. an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key How to Set an Encryption Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the machine to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool How to Set an Encryption Key For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the machine to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool e When using WEP The key length key format the key to use one of 1 to 4 and the authentication method must match among the access point the machine and the computer In order to communicate with an access point that uses automatically generated WEP keys you must configure the machine to use the key generated by the access point by entering it in hexadecimal format Normally select Auto for the authentication method Otherwise select Open System or Shared Key acc
83. and the item Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned J Important gt Important Refer to Loading Originals for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the e Large items such as A4 size photos that cannot be portions in which items cannot be scanned placed away from the edges arrow alignment mark of Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 551 the platen may be saved as PDF files To save ina format other than PDF scan by specifying the data format Placing Multiple Items Allow 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and items and between items Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned A more than 0 4 inch 1 cm DJ Note e You can place up to 12 items e You can place up to four items when the Compress scanned images upon transfer checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog box of IJ Scan Utility e With network connection items may not be scanned correctly when five or more items are placed In that case reduce the number of items placed on the platen to four or less then scan again e Positions of slanted items 10 degrees or less are corrected automatically Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder 3 Important e Do not leave thick items on the platen when scanning from the ADF May result in paper jam e Place and align documents of th
84. available on the Advanced Mode tab 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 2 Toolbar 3 Preview Area gt Note The displayed items vary by document type and view e The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF Auto Document Feeder 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Favorite Settings You can name and save a group of settings Input Settings Output Settings Image Settings and Color Adjustment Buttons on the Advanced Mode tab and load it as required It is convenient to save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly You can also use this to reload the default settings Select Add Delete from the pull down menu to open the Add Delete Favorite Settings dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 522 Enter Setting Name and click Add the name appears in Favorite Settings List When you click Save the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected along with the predefined items To delete an item select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete Click Save to save the settings displayed in Favorite Settings List DJ Note e You can set Add Delete in Favorite Settings after preview e Save up to 10 items Input Settings Specify the input settings such as the document type and size Output Settings Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size Image Settings Enable disable various image cor
85. be enabled at the same time An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type e When both access control types are enabled at the same time a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer 2 Accessible MAC Addresses Shows the registered MAC addresses and any comments 3 Edit The Edit Accessible MAC Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible MAC Addresses Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen 4 Add The Add Accessible MAC Address screen is displayed to register the MAC address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network D Important Add the MAC address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list 5 Delete Deletes the selected MAC address from the list When Selecting IP address The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their IP addresses Computers or network devices whose IP addresses appear on the list are allowed access Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 226 WrelessLAN WredLAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Access Control
86. brightest point You can also enter a value 10 to 255 P e Click Dropper for Gray Balance and click the area you want to adjust the color in the preview image The clicked point will be set as the achromatic color reference and the rest of the image is adjusted accordingly For instance if snow in a photo appears bluish click the bluish part to adjust the whole image and reproduce natural colors Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 508 Adjusting Tone Curve You can adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph tone curve showing the balance of tone input and output via L Tone Curve Settings in ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab Note e Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red Green and Blue in various proportions gradation These colors can be adjusted individually as a channel Master Adjust the Red Green and Blue combined Red Adjust the Red channel Green Adjust the Green channel Blue Adjust the Blue channel Note e Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale Reading Tone Curves With ScanGear scanning images via a scanner is the input and displaying to a monitor is the output Tone Curve shows the balance of tone input and output for each Channel Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 509 Highlight Output brightness Shad
87. brightness color tone etc when scanning Refer to Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver to scan multiple documents at one time Refer to Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode to scan multiple documents placed on the ADF Auto Document Feeder gt Important The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly In that case click Thumbnail on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan e Photos that have a whitish background e Documents printed on white paper hand written text business cards etc e Thin documents e Thick documents The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly e Documents smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square e Photos that have been cut to various shapes 1 Place the document on the Platen then start ScanGear scanner driver Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver 2 Click the Advanced Mode tab The tab switches to Advanced Mode Select Source Paper Sre FA Pisten Coor Mode 1 Color 3 39 G us nde Output Settings OtptResoluton xw vg Otam Fentie 3 39 3 14 Date Soe 2 Note e Settings are not retained when you switch modes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 486 3 Set Input Settings according to the document or purpose 4 Click Preview Preview images appear in
88. computer If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer Restart the computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 634 ScanGear Scanner Driver Does Not Start Make sure that MP Drivers is installed If not installed install MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the web page ie Select your scanner or printer on the application s menu gt Important e If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times select the one that does not include WIA D Note e The operation may differ depending on the application e Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA compliant application Scanning with WIA Driver Make sure that the application supports TWAIN You cannot start ScanGear scanner driver from applications not supporting TWAIN Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your application Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 635 Error Message Appears and the ScanGear Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear CAE Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Turn off your scanner or printer then reconnect the USB cable and replug the power cord Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer Make sure that MP Drivers is installed If not install
89. computers smartphones and tablet devices see Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation D Important e This service may not be available in certain countries or regions Also even if the service is available there are apps that cannot be used in certain regions Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 40 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer x86 or x64 1 6 GHz or higher A Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Monitor display Number of display colors 24 bits true color or higher Internet Explorer 8 Windows XP SP3 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 Windows Vista SP1 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 10 Windows 7 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 10 Windows 8 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 11 Windows 8 1 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Mac OS X v10 6 OS X Mavericks v10 9 Safari 5 1 6 7 When you use Internet Explorer 8 the web pages may not display correctly Canon recommends that you upgrade to Internet Explorer 9 or later or use another browser Smartphone or tablet iOS 5 1 or later 320 x 480 HVGA or higher OS standard browser Android 2 3 3 or later 480 x 800 HVGA or higher Android3 x is not supported Important On the browser you are usin
90. direction The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally Color Intensity Manual Adjustment Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast etc Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer Normally the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting and the document is printed with no scaling When you set 2 on 1 Printing or 4 on 1 Printing in Additional Features you can manually set the paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size the document size will be reduced If you select a paper size that is larger the document size will be enlarged Also if you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientation that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom p
91. enter a value in 1 dpi increments Refer to Resolution for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details When Select Source is Platen You can enter a value within the range of 25 dpi to 19200 dpi When Select Source is Document ADF Simplex or Document ADF Duplex You can enter a value within the range of 25 dpi to 600 dpi Output Size Select an output size Select Flexible to set custom sizes or select a size for printing or displaying Select Add Delete to set custom size and save it as a new output size option Flexible You can specify the output resolution and scale and adjust the cropping frames scan areas In thumbnail view Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame When a cropping frame is displayed the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned When no cropping frame is displayed each frame is scanned individually Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 531 In whole image view When no cropping frame is displayed the entire Preview area will be scanned When a cropping frame is displayed the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned J Note To enlarge reduce the scanned image enter values into Width and Height in Output Settings or specify a value by 1 for Although the maximum value available for depends on the Output Resolution it can be specified for up to 19200 dpi the maximum available output resolution Paper Size L
92. from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 55 y series Registered Search apps was CANON iMAGE GATEWAY ane CANON INC i pa Picasa Web Albums CANON INC Flickr CANON INC f Facebook Pi ty z Apes Config Properties Manage jobs On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category xt series Regstered Search apps All Latest Photography xt series Registered Search apps Picasa Web Albums Productivity Creativity Cards CANON INC i Crafis Facebook Ps E sA be CANON INC i Apps Flickr CANON INC Photos in Tweets o When you select Ol the details of the app are displayed When you select onmp Tori you can choose to register or unregister the app Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 56 not support your model Can be used with genuine Canon ink Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs Manage jobs This s
93. from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 97 About the Power Supply of the Machine gt Confirming that the Power Is On Turning the Machine On and Off Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 98 Confirming that the Power Is On The ON lamp is lit when the machine is turned on Note e It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 99 Turning the Machine On and Off Turning on the machine 1 Press the ON button to turn on the machine The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit Confirming that the Power Is On Note e It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine If the Alarm lamp lights up or flashes see If an Error Occurs e You can set the machine to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network This feature is set to off by default For details on the auto power on feature see below From the machine Turning on off the Machine Automatically From the computer Managing the Printer Power Turning off the machine 1 Press the ON button to turn off the machine When the ON lamp stops flashing the machine is turned off 33 Important When you unplug the power cord
94. from the computer and reconnect it 3 Turn on the machine ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time Within an application ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network the machine cannot be accessed from multiple computers at the same time When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network scanning takes longer than usual Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high resolutions For example at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600 dpi in full color ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning Applications with Restrictions on Use If you start Media Center included in Windows XP Media Center Edition 2005 you may not be able to scan using the operation panel of the machine In that case restart the computer You cannot scan images with Media Center included in Windows XP Media Center Edition 2005 Scan with other applications such as IJ Scan Utility Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface In that case refer to the application s manual and change the settings accordingly Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents In some c
95. if you log in from multiple devices at the same time After logging in you can use useful services such as adding managing apps that work in conjunction with this product s cloud functionality and checking the ink status For screen descriptions and operation instructions see Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window Printing procedure This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 65 Important The available functions differ depending on the app The printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand e The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start e This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 66 lt CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Sa
96. image data properly None Disables color adjustment with the printer driver Input Profile Specifies the input profile to be used when you select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction Standard The standard printer profile SRGB which supports the color space of ICM is used This is the default setting Adobe RGB 1998 The Adobe RGB profile which supports a wider color space than sRGB is used Important Adobe RGB 1998 is not displayed when input profiles of Adobe RGB are not installed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 363 Note Inthe XPS printer driver ICM has become ICC Profile Matching Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Displaying the Print Results before Printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 364 Page Setup tab Description The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper Also this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing If the applicatio
97. in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport With the FINE cartridge left installed in the machine press the ON button to turn off the power This allows the machine to automatically cap the print head thus preventing it from drying e After packing do not tilt the box containing the machine or turn it on its side or upside down Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the machine e When a shipping agent is handling transport of the machine have its box marked THIS SIDE UP to keep the machine with its bottom facing down Mark also with FRAGILE or HANDLE WITH CARE 1 Turn the machine off 2 Confirm that the ON lamp is off and unplugging the power cord J Important e Do not unplug the machine while the ON lamp is lit or flashing as it may cause malfunction or damage to the machine making the machine unable to print 3 Retract the paper output tray and the output tray extension then close the paper support 4 Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the machine then unplug the power cord from the machine 5 Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the machine to keep them from opening during transportation Then pack the machine in the plastic bag 6 Attach the protective material to the machine when packing the machine in the box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 265 L
98. is given priority over quality To give priority to quality press the Color or Black button for less than 2 seconds to copy in the print quality Standard Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 407 Switching the Page Size between A4 and Letter This setting is useful if you usually load Letter sized paper in the rear tray 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 10 times 3 Release the Stop button The ON lamp starts flashing instead of remaining lit 4 Press the Black button to select A4 or the Color button to select Letter The ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit then the paper size is changed D gt Note e When you switch the page size to A4 or Letter load paper of the selected size When the page size is set to A4 load A4 plain paper When the page size is set to Letter load Letter sized plain paper e This setting is retained even if the machine is turned off Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 408 Scanning l lt Scanning from a Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 409 Scanning from a Computer gt Scanning with IJ Scan Utility Scanning with Application Software that You are Using ScanGear Useful Information on Scanning IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen Other Scanning Methods Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Network Scan Settings Downloaded
99. list at the top of the preview window View Print Settings Area Displays the print settings area at the right side of the preview window View Deleted Pages When the thumbnails are displayed this function displays pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function To check deleted pages you must first select the View Thumbnails check box Keep printed documents on the list Leaves the printed document in the document list Print Settings Displayed at Startup Switches the tab of the print settings area to be displayed when the Canon IJ XPS Preview is started Select Page Information Layout or Manual Color Adjustment Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ XPS Preview is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information E Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 390 Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected h Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list If the document list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected L7 Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to t
100. machine and the computer in the same room or floor GAL Make sure that there is no source of interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 589 Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings When you replace an access point perform network setup of the machine again Perform network setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it again according to the instructions on our website If the problem is not resolved see below Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Machine After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point Confirm the access point setting Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to confirm the access point setting Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other under this setting If you are performing MAC address filtering or IP address filtering at the access po
101. mailing lists source code control systems and issue tracking systems that are managed by or on behalf of the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as Not a Contribution Contributor shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work 2 Grant of Copyright License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable copyright license to reproduce prepare Derivative Works of publicly display publicly perform sublicense and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form 3 Grant of Patent License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable except as stated in this section patent license to make have made use offer to sell sell import and otherwise transfer the Work where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution s alone or by combination of Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 17 their Contribution s with the Work to which suc
102. naen 85 Regulatory and Safety Information 00 000 cece eee 86 Main Components and Basic Operations 020 0c eee ee eee 90 Nal CompS S aapi acre g te eerdee eed ahaa EEN oe eee eee ee See ee GEE eed 91 POU VigWi id tiga aclage bid aeaapid Liaise ht ae a bated Lobe eee dh eee 92 Rear VIOW i601 ic aeredetne Dade eden aeere atone kaea de dae be eww ese eee ee A Ae E 94 NSO ViIGW ctocs wid Rate dived E N stad dwid oe deed E E E 95 Operation Panel casi sgri ripi danti ee eee eat sees Geel waGy ed ea Pe Ghee eeeen cea eed 96 About the Power Supply of the Machines ca cccksaadeae ideas dae dade banda aude dd ace E 98 Confirming that the Power IS Ofii 0cc 00c440eoceket eee tanedd seed ahe dene eee dae 99 Taine the Machi ON and ON ou icee ee denture Sais sears a Rode he Raha aake 100 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord ic 2c0i ende eb ies Heb et eee eee Hee eR REA eS 102 Notice tor Unplugging the Power Cord tc dacid Addu dedd bapa e dee a hata 103 Loading Paper ONgMaAlS prte ieri 8 86 6b4G iaar PE eek Ke oe bbc ee deeds obs 104 Loa mO PE Samm ee tare eT R ee Ne eR a ee re ee ee 105 Leading Plain Papers Photo Papil iii cccccdadcd taint he bcd ated dhe eda hae 106 Loading EPY OPE Sp Hurai siuna Okara sane a ea ead i a aa Aidit Aes 109 Medie Types Yau Can Se avr ee cee ean dd tresia T AEE a EEE a 112 Paper Load Limi esi aahei a a A a a a a a a aka A 114 Media Types You Cannot USG 6 053 ct a amed se dee Saeed
103. not be satisfactory After loading paper be sure to select the appropriate media type setting for the loaded paper Print Results Not Satisfactory There are various types of paper paper with special coating on the surface for printing photos with optimal quality and paper suitable for documents Each media type has specific preset settings such as how ink is used and sprayed distance from nozzles etc so that you can print on that type with optimal image quality This allows you to print with the settings best suited for the loaded media type just by selecting that media type Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 260 Canceling a Print Job Never press the ON button If you press the ON button while printing is in progress the print data sent from the computer queues in the machine and you may not be able to continue to print Press the Stop button to cancel printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 261 Storing Printed Images Store printed images in albums clear photo sleeves or glass frames to protect them from direct exposure to air 3 Note e Storing printed images without sufficient drying may cause blurring or discoloration Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 262 Machine Handling Precautions Do not place any object on the document cover Do not place any object on the document cover It will fall into the rear tray when the document cover is opened and cause the machin
104. not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 232 Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 3 Configuration Click to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 7 2 B 4 Punters Name Update Configura on F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the panter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network afer R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status In the access point mode this item is grayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection status Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information gt
105. occurred on the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 58 Display update date time of the printer information Userinformation Instructions Log out Close Updated date Mar 4 2014 4 59 AM This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information e Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name D gt Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers CS Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Note Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras f the screen shown below appears Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 59 Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK 2 Manage users button When you select the Manage users button the Manage users screen ap
106. on upon receipt of print data Auto Power Off Specify the time from the list When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer the printer is turned off automatically 4 Apply the settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 169 Click OK When the confirmation message appears click OK The Maintenance tab is displayed again The setting is enabled after this When you want to disable this function select Disable from the list according to the same procedure Note When the printer is turned off the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto Power On setting When the setting is Enable Printer is standing by is displayed When the setting is Disable Printer is offline is displayed 3 Important e If you connect this printer to a network and use it you can set Auto Power Off but the power will not be turned off automatically Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 170 Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window Quiet Settings 2 Click Quiet Settings on the Maintenance tab The Quiet Settings dialog box opens DJ Note e Ifthe printer is off or if c
107. opekaensmeweadd 212 Wireless LAN Sheel o sercrssr tome d eesegnses doene de RETES E ES EAEE 213 O O a AEDE E ws AOU Od ee AI ERARA TARRA 215 WEP Details Screen OELE TE TTEA TOTP DETE ERE TEET EE TOIT ae AN WPANNPAZ Details SCIeGliss on e4 4 084442068 2 oKba d AAAA EAA TE 218 Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 25 4e00h4 os o44ebs OHSS RSET ESSE SEERA ES 219 PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen 0020 000 eeeeaee 220 Setup Information Confirmation Screen 2 5 4 cde ace id hued Ae G a deed ee 221 Wired LAN SHG csc c0 c2 2s186en2 nds gaestee tera dewdel edd bow eed ee ene eead ad 222 Admin Password GNC eaer swan aan hoe ued data dene det eae ane hae ands ee 223 Network Information Screen g aiv seuss ecaye geuvee eh eNied Gb eed eee eee eee w daw 224 ACCESS CONG ONC oii asd dewakde hades ded eeaetee dss dee eed edad haeeeendes5daaXs 225 Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen 229 Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 230 Other Screens of Network TOOl 22 0 2ceei eeu be rosis Pade toride EE OE Ee Eee eed es 231 Canon J Network Tool SOMeGNii4 tics sau hte ae diced ea bid dea h Aa ae acadee 232 DiS SSICEN 1 baccdd ve doomed een deen data bh deed eta ee aoe aoe 236 Gonnection Perormarice Measurement SEMEN ic cua a wie ae ee A 237 Maintenance SOON e sorterar Cee eRe Rie ONE OR OE ee eR HEE eR eS 239 Netw
108. over the network When using the computer in a network environment other than the one used to set up the machine disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX To disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX right click the icon on the notification area on the desktop then select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 604 How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default D Important e Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine and printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Follow the procedure below to initialize the network settings 1 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 17 times 2 Release the Stop button The network settings are initialized Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 605 Problems with Printing Printing Does Not Start Paper Jams Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs gt Copying Printing Stops Before It Is Completed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 606 Printing Does Not Start Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in then press the ON button to turn the machine on While the ON lamp is flashing the machine is initializing Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit
109. over the stamp The printed data will not be hidden behind the stamp However the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document may be hidden Print semitransparent stamp Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a semi transparent stamp over the printed document page Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp DJ Note e You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver Stamp first page only Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only Background Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object bitmap behind the document Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list Select Background Opens the Background Settings dialog box You can register a bitmap as a background and change layout method and intensity of the selected background Background first page only Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Background check box to enable this Check this check box to print a background on the
110. panting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click Pattern Print preferences Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 339 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Idod v C Mew Color Paten 4 Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens set the following items and then click OK Cyan Magerta Yelow reeraty Cortroz Letter 85x11 22x28cm Sane as Page Sre v Urge Medum Parameters to Adjust Select Intensity Contrast Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing 3J Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed Note e Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns 3J Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 5 Checking the print results of pattern print Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 340 On the Color Adjustment tab select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer
111. pattern printing Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head The adjustment pattern is printed Important e Do not open the cover while printing is in progress 5 Adjustment pattern scanning After the adjustment pattern is printed a message is displayed As instructed in the message load the adjustment pattern onto the platen and press the Start button on the printer Print head alignment starts DJ Note e To print and check the current setting open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 154 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern Print the pattern if printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows Nozzle Check 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab The Nozzle Check dialog box opens Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray 4 Print a nozzle check pattern Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins Click OK
112. please contact the seller of the machine or the service center Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers Ay Caution e If the machine emits any unusual sound smoke or odor turn it off immediately Unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the seller or the service center Never attempt to repair or disassemble the machine yourself e Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the machine will invalidate any warranty regardless of whether the warranty has expired Before contacting the service center confirm the following e Product name Your machine s name is located on the front cover of the setup manual e Serial number please refer to the setup manual e Details of the problem e What you tried to solve the problem and what happened Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 676 Support Code List The support code appears on the computer screen when an error occurs Support Code means the error number and appears with an error message When an error occurs check the support code displayed on the computer screen and take the appropriate action Support Code Appears on the Computer Screen 1000 to 1ZZZ 1000 1200 1203 1300 1401 1403 1485 1682 1684 1686 1688 168A 1700 1701 1890 e 2000 to 2ZZZ 2900 2901 4000 to 4ZZZ 4100 4102 4103 5000 to 5ZZZ 5011 5012 5100 5200 5400 5700 5B00 5B01 6000 to 6ZZZ 6000
113. print quality may drop depending on the print data Unit of Print Data Processing Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer Select Recommended under normal circumstances Important A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory Note Unit of Print Data Processing tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box allows you to print a stamp and or background over or behind the document pages In addition to the pre registered ones you can register and use your original stamp or background Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Stamp Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp Define Stamp Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 371 Place stamp over text Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp Uncheck this check box to print the document data
114. sean results Appicaton Settings Open wh an application 6 Select Auto scan for Paper Size then click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 424 PEG Image Quality Cl Save toa subfolder wth current date Cl check scan results Applicaton Settings Open wah an aopicaton The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 3J Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box 7 Click Custom Product Name Canon series v EE I E lt instructors Multiple items are scanned at one time 3 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In each Settings dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 425 Saving after Checking Scan Results You can check the scan results then save the images to a computer gt Important e You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using Auto scan 3J Note e The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings The Settings dialog box appears 3 Click Photo Scan JPEG Image Quality C
115. some of the settings of an existing stamp Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows Registering a New Stamp 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab Quick Sep Man Page Sep Martenance EEN Page Sze Letier 8 5x11 22280m Fl amp Onentation A Pora A OLngcwpe C Fetste 180 degrees a Same as Page Sze m va ny ia a Pan P Leter BSI 2228m Nomalsize FitoPage Scaled Page Layo Ting Poster lt gt V Atonabenly seduce large documert that the perter cart ofpt C Ouples Parting Manus Stapling Sde Lorg ede taping Left 1 1 333 i Port trom Last Page V Collate ol oy O The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens 3 Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used 3 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 301 AGB 192 192 182 Select Color Oefsuts Hep 4 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window Stamp tab Select Text Bitmap or Date Time User Name that matches your purpose for Stamp Type o For Text registration the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text If necessary change the TrueType Font Style Size and Outline settings You can select the color of t
116. specified quiet mode i not applied to operations copy drect print etc performed drectly from the printer C o O cones Oefouts Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the machine with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine during a specified period of time Set the Start time and End time during which quiet mode is to be activated Important The time specified in Start time and in End time must be different If your scanner or printer does not support fax functions quiet mode is not applied to operations copy direct print etc performed directly from the machine even if the hours are specified Select Folder Where Temporary Files are Saved Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily To change the folder click Browse to specify another one Sound Settings You can set the machine to play music during at the end of a scan Select the Play Music During Scanning or Play Sound When Scanning is Completed checkbox then click Browse and specify a sound file You can specify the following files e MIDI file mid rmi midi e Audio file wav aif aiff e MP3 file mp3 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 544 Calibration Settings W
117. specified portion of the image is optimized Images can be adjusted according to the automatically detected document type or the specified document type The result of the adjustment will be reflected in the entire image None Image Adjustment will not be applied Auto Applies Image Adjustment by automatically detecting the document type It is recommended that you normally select this setting Photo Applies Image Adjustment suitable for photos Magazine Applies Image Adjustment suitable for magazines Document Applies Image Adjustment suitable for text documents Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 534 Important e You can set Image Adjustment after preview e You can set this setting when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box Note If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto specify the document type The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment In that case set Image Adjustment to None Reduce Show through Use this function to reduce show through in duplex documents or lighten the base color in recycled paper and other colored paper when scanning documents OFF Show through will not be reduced ON Select this to reduce show through in duplex documents or lighten the base color It is recommended that you normally select this setting J Important e Reduce Show through can be set when Recommended is selected on t
118. the Preview area SEFF k 5 Set Output Settings 6 Adjust the cropping frame scan area correct image and adjust colors as required Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons 7 Click Scan Scanning starts gt Note e Click oT Information to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings document type etc e A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box Related Topic Advanced Mode Tab Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 487 Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the image brightness color tone etc and scan multiple documents placed on the ADF Auto Document Feeder at one time When using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning you can scan both sides of the documents automatically from the ADF When scanning from the ADF documents are scanned without preview 1 Place the documents on the ADF of the machine then start ScanGear scanner driver Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver 2 Click the Advanced Mode tab and select Document ADF Simplex or Document ADF Duplex for Select Source gamen ea Color Mode Output Settings Otat Resouton 2 23 110 Data
119. the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 601 Checking Information about the Network Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Machine Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer Checking If the Computer and the Machine or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate Checking the Network Setting Information Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Machine To check the IP address or the MAC address of the machine print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information To display the network setting information using IJ Network Tool select Network Information on the View menu Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer To check the IP address or MAC address assigned to the computer follow the procedure below 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for Command Prompt e In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Enter ipconfig all and press the Enter key The IP addresses and the MAC addresses of the network devices installed on your computer are displayed Whe
120. the entire cropping frame ee ee ees Note On the Advanced Mode tab you can specify the cropping frame size by entering the values into 7 Width and Height in Input Settings e You can rotate a cropping frame 90 degrees by clicking fat Switch Aspect Ratio However Eat Switch Aspect Ratio is not available when Output Size is Flexible Creating Multiple Cropping Frames In thumbnail view You can only create one cropping frame per image Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 555 In whole image view Click and drag the mouse in a space outside the existing cropping frame to create a new cropping frame in the Preview area The new cropping frame will be the active cropping frame and the old cropping frame will be the unselected cropping frame You can create multiple cropping frames and apply different scan settings to each cropping frame You can also select multiple cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key If you select multiple cropping frames and change the settings on a tab at the right of ScanGear the settings will be applied to all the selected cropping frames When you create a new cropping frame it retains the settings of the latest cropping frame 3 Note e Create up to 12 cropping frames e Scanning takes longer than usual when multiple cropping frames are selected Deleting Cropping Frames In thumbnail view To delete a cropping frame
121. the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 682 In Other Cases Make sure of the following Are there any foreign objects around the paper output slot Are there any foreign objects in the rear tray If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray be sure to turn off the machine unplug it from the power supply then remove the foreign object SZL Is the paper curled Load the paper after correcting its curl Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 683 1000 Cause There is no paper in the rear tray Action Reload the paper on the rear tray and press the machine s Black or Color button Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 684 1200 Cause The cover is open Action Close the cover and wait for a while Do not close it while you are replacing a FINE cartridge Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 685 1203 Cause The cover is opened while printing is in progress Action If paper is left inside the machine remove the paper slowly with both hands and close the cover Press the machine s Black or Color button to dismiss the error The machine ejects one blank sheet of paper and resumes printing from the next paper The machine will not reprint the page that was printed when the cover is opened Try printing again Important e Do not open or close the cover while pri
122. the machine is not ready to print ON lamp flashes and Alarm lamp flashes alternately An error that requires contacting the service center may have occurred f an Error Occurs 3 Wi Fi button Hold down to automatically set up the wireless LAN connection 4 Wi Fi lamp Lights or flashes to indicate the wireless LAN status Lights Wireless LAN connection is enabled Flashes Printing or scanning over wireless LAN Also flashes while configuring the wireless LAN connection Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 96 5 Alarm lamp Lights or flashes when an error occurs When performing machine maintenance or machine settings options can be selected according to the number of flashes 6 ink lamps Light or flash when ink runs out etc The upper lamp indicates the black FINE cartridge status the lower lamp the color FINE cartridge status 7 Stop button Cancels operations You can press this button to cancel a print copy or scan job in progress Holding this button down lets you select maintenance options or machine settings 8 Black button Starts black amp white copying You can also press this button to finalize your selection for the setting item 9 Color button Starts color copying You can also press this button to finalize your selection for the setting item In the software applications or manuals the Color and Black buttons are collectively called the Start or OK button Downloaded
123. the maximum sampling rate based on ISO 14473 2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning area Gradation Input Output Gray 16 bit 8 bit Color 48 bit 24 bit RGB each 16 bit 8 bit Network Specifications Communication protocol TCP IP Wireless LAN Supported Standards IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b Frequency bandwidth 2 4 GHz Channel 1 11 or 1 13 Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region Communication distance Indoors 164 feet 50 m Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location Security WEP 64 128 bits WPA PSK TKIP AES WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Setup WPS Push button configuration PIN code method WCN WCN NET Cableless setup Other Features Administration password Minimum System Requirements Conform to the operating system s requirements when higher than those given here Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 268 Windows Operating System Windows 8 Windows 8 1 Windows 7 Windows 7 SP1 Windows Vista SP1 Windows Vista SP2 Windows XP SP3 32 bit only Browser Internet Explorer 8 or later Hard Disk Space 3 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Mac OS Operating System Mac OS X v10 6 8 or later Hard Disk Space 1 5 GB Note For bundled software install
124. the service provider or providing based on laws and regulations After the conclusion of non disclosure agreement Canon may deposit your account information to the contractor to achieve the purpose of use Canon endeavors to secure the safety of your account information It is at your option to enter and send your account information However the service that requires to enter your account information is not available unless you enter and send it Your account information does not remain in Canon Inc server At the latest it will be deleted when you have disconnected your printer from LAN For details contact a Canon authorized sales representative in the country or region you live in o o o o o o Copyrights and Rights of Publicity When printing from the photo sharing site Observe the conditions of use of the photo sharing site when you use photos on the site e It is unlawful to reproduce or edit the copyrighted work of another person without permission from the copyright holder except for personal use use within the home or other use within the limited scope as defined by the copyright Additionally reproducing or editing photographs of people may infringe on Rights of Publicity Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 36 When printing downloaded template forms 1 The copyright of each material photos illustrations logos or documents hereinafter referred to as the materials provided on the web t
125. the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 200 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Note e You cannot change the settings when using the access point mode 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Admin Password tab The Admin Password sheet is displayed Weeless LAN Admin Password Vv Use admin password Password Password Confirmation For details on the Admin Password sheet see Admin Password Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm To use an administrator password select the Use admin password check box and enter a password Important e The password should consist of alphanumeric characters and be no longer than 32 characters The password is case sensitive Do not forget the password you set If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to revert the password to the default setting 6 Click OK A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 201 Monitoring Wireless Network Status 2 Note e This screen is not available dep
126. this case the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow Operate after the Access lamp of the machine is lit When you access the network drive for the card slot over the network file names consisting of eight or less lowercase letters not including its extension may be shown in uppercase For example a file name such as abcdefg doc will be ABCDEFG DOC while a name such as AbcdeFG doc will appear the same The file is not actually renamed but merely appears to be changed When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a USB connected computer you cannot access the network drive of the card slot On the other hand when you enable it to be writable only from a LAN connected computer the card slot is not detected via USB Make sure that the card slot setting is selected properly according to your connection method To read files from a memory card via USB and over a network disable the function to write files to a memory card from a computer You cannot write files to a memory card in either way with this setting When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a LAN connected computer you can write files to a memory card from a computer connected to a network Note that it may increase the risk that the data on the memory card is infected by computer viruses or accessed illegally It is recommended to use the access control function of
127. this option does not appear 2 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pull down menu Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 466 Note e Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 467 Settings General Settings Dialog Box tt Click the amp General
128. to 95 F 5 to 35 C Humidity 10 to 90 RH no condensation The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions Recommended conditions Temperature 59 to 86 F 15 to 30 C Humidity 10 to 80 RH no condensation For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper refer to the paper s packaging or the supplied instructions Storage environment Temperature 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C Humidity 5 to 95 RH no condensation Power supply AC 100 240 V 50 60 Hz Power consumption Printing Copy Approx 11 W 1 Standby minimum Approx 1 6 W 1 2 OFF Approx 0 3 W 1 Wireless LAN is active 2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed External dimensions Approx 16 8 W x 12 1 D x 5 8 H inches Approx 426 W x 306 D x 145 H mm With the Paper Support and Paper Output Tray retracted Approx 7 6 Ib Approx 3 5 kg With the FINE Cartridges installed Canon FINE Cartridge Total 1280 nozzles BK 320 nozzles C M Y each 320 nozzles Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 267 Copy Specifications Multiple copy max 21 pages Scan Specifications Scanner driver Windows TWAIN 1 9 Specification WIA Mac OS ICA palbeton 85 x 11T T2T6 x 287 oa Scanning resolution Optical resolution horizontal x vertical max 600 x 1200 dpi 1 Interpolated resolution max 19200 x 19200 dpi 2 1 Optical Resolution represents
129. to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan D2 Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 455 Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e Use ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Shadow Correction for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important e The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly e Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or
130. to select the next action may appear Follow the prompt to complete For details refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning in Scan Tab Preferences dialog box e It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain size In that case a warning message appears it is recommended that you reduce the total size To continue scan in whole image view Preferences Opens the Preferences dialog box in which you can make scan preview settings Close Closes ScanGear scanner driver 2 Toolbar You can adjust or rotate preview images The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view In thumbnail view 6 iR laa o Be s fem Yel Ho g O In whole image view ii l qka a Thumbnail a Whole Image Switches the view in the Preview area Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 524 3 Preview Area Clear Deletes the preview image from the Preview area It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse Move Image Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in the Preview area does not fit in the screen You can also move the image using the scroll bars sS Enlarge Reduce Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image Right click the image to zoom out a za Rotate Left Rotates the previe
131. to the instructions on our website When using IJ Network Tool click Update to search for the machine again Canon IJ Network Tool Screen VEK When searching for a machine over a network make sure that the machine is associated with the port When No Driver is displayed under Name in IJ Network Tool there is no association Select Associate Port on the Settings menu then associate the port with the machine When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port Make sure that the network settings in the machine are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the machine settings How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the machine within 164 ft 50 m from the access point GEGA Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 596 If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless
132. vary depending on the access point type e You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer e When the connection between a device and an access point is completed and o Wi Fi icon is displayed in the device s screen you can connect the device to the printer using the access point Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 30 Connection without Using an Access Point Vy 4 gt e Connect the printer and a device without using an access point Connect a device and the printer directly using the printer s access point mode function e When establishing a connection in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used e If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the device and access point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply e In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again e Network settings such as the SSID and security proto
133. you can check the version and copyright information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 395 Updating the MP Drivers Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Before Installing the MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 396 Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers The MP Drivers include a printer driver and ScanGear scanner driver By updating the MP Drivers to the latest version of the MP Drivers unresolved problems may be solved You can access our website and download the latest MP Drivers for your model D Important e You can download the MP Drivers for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility e Before installing the latest MP Drivers delete the previously installed version Related Topics Before Installing the MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 397 Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers The MP Drivers which you no longer use can be deleted When deleting the MP Drivers first exit all programs that are running The procedure to delete the unnecessary MP Drivers is as follows 1 Start the uninstaller e If you are using Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features From the program list select XXX MP Drivers where XXX is your model name and then c
134. 0 1 An IP address is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically IPv4 IPv6 They are internetwork layer protocol used on the internet IPv4 uses 32 bit addresses and IPv6 uses 128 bit addresses Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format The character that can be used for the WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats ASCII Specify with a 5 or 13 character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore characters It is case sensitive Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 250 R o Hex Specify a 10 digit or 26 digit string that can contain hexadecimal 0 to 9 A to F and a to f Key Length Length of the WEP key Select either 64 bits or 128 bits Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key Link Quality The status of connection between the access point and the printer excluding noise interference is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 LPR A platform independent printing protocol used in TCP IP networks It is not supported bidirectional communication MAC Address Also known as the physical address A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to network devices by its manufacturer MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a hexadecimal number separated by colons i e 11 22 33 44 55 66 Operation Status Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used Proxy server A serve
135. 3 Click Exit on the PIXMA XXX screen where XXX is your machine s name then remove the CD ROM Turn the machine off 4 5 Restart the computer 6 Make sure that you have no application software running 7 Insert the CD ROM again then install the MP Drivers In other cases Reinstall the MP Drivers If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly uninstall the MP Drivers restart your computer and then reinstall the MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers If you reinstall the MP Drivers install the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or install them from our website Note e If the installer was forced to be terminated due to a Windows error the system may be in an unstable condition and you may not be able to install the drivers Restart your computer before reinstalling Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 661 Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear If Easy WebPrint EX does not start up or its menu does not appear on Internet Explorer confirm the following Is Canon Easy WebPrint EX displayed on the Toolbars menu in the Internet Explorer s View menu If Canon Easy WebPrint EX is not displayed Easy WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer Install the latest Easy WebPrint EX onto your computer from our website Note If Easy WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer a message asking you to install it may be displayed on
136. 32 Natwesls Teall Choose a wireless network G areh neak est ich an bem in the Int below to connect to a greiss network in ranga or to get more BS Set up a wireless rotwori a for a home or sal office hy p 1i Seourty qnatied meios nebwerk WPA bt j Li Securtty qratled ra eiss nebwcrh WPAZ A Ii Securtty enabled meeles network gn Wireless Network Connection The network INTESTINE requires a network key also called a WEP key or WPA key A network key helps prevent unknown intruders from connecting to this network Type the hey and then cick Connect eeeceeee 6 When connection is complete click Back until the screen below appears Proceed with the setup Canon eap meg p Vou cen select whether to ute the printer vie USE correction or LAN connection Folios the cemecreen ratructions to select the commection GRALIS Netaork setup is required ahpn using the printer via LAN conmection If the setup i sireedy completed the Comrection ia confirmed automatically If the setup not completed follow the orrecreen Petrctoes 10 set wo the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 33 Restrictions When connecting another device while a device such as a smartphone is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using a Wir
137. 3i Zi Port tom Lat Page J Colate Pact Options Stamp Background Detauts oc coed tor The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens Unis JEA rA Paper Sre Wah 8 amp 5 inches 4 00 16 54 Hoyt 11 00 55 inches 6 002661 oox cocu te 3 Set the custom paper size Specify Units and enter the Width and Height of the paper to be used Then click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified paper size Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 309 Important e If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values use the application software to set the values If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values e Printing may be disabled depending on the size of the specified user defined media For information about printable sizes for user defined media see Media Types You Can Use Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 310 Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used In the Canon IJ XPS preview window you can edit the print document or retrieve the document print history to print the document The procedure for using the Canon IJ XPS Preview i
138. 464 05 658 Problems with Installation Downloading 000 0c eee eee eee 659 Cannot installthe MP Divers aso 8c0eeiedaneeaeydaereoareeseebeure ened eaanseeaaees 660 Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear 662 How to Update MP Drivers in Network Environment 0 0 0 00 cc eee ees 663 Uninstalling IJ Network To0l i jae sabi cea aoe ac eka de Radosh A epee eee od ae eet Aa ae 664 About Errors Messages Displayed 0000 cece eee eee eee eee 665 War Ener OCCU nen cin dees whee heon ee bbe esi Adee ake kee adh dee aeons 666 A Message Is Displayed i cccc ccn cece eedaw is shed DRE OT ERR H REE Eee de eee RNS 669 Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 674 If You Cannot Resolve the Problem 2 44k skecdaddeeiwedsdadeeke eed daseueens 676 SUPPO Code Lisl pecie peer eG hae Ooo oe eee eee Phe e EEE 677 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 00000 cece eee eens 678 100 ino sed a Mae ode sed EEL A ONES TEETE dren drasedVighad iegdageeesoaee roesooeaas 679 Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine TEEN PETERE ET LETY eee CETATEAN PARET 680 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 11 TODO 622h ce tee eset sde de ee ees ote eee sles can buen eee eesecstent eee 684 jc eT eT ee ee eee ee eee Te ee er ee ee eee ee eee ee ee ee 685 OB 2h oo se os EETA AT E E ANA T EE TAA L TEE OAR EE EEA E A EE ee 686 E a EE A E T E
139. 565 IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen IJ Network Scanner Selector EX allows you to select the scanners or printers to be used for scanning or printing over a network from your computer or the operation panel After installation IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears in the notification area on the desktop Important e If you cannot scan over a network download and upgrade to the latest MP Drivers from our website e While IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is enabled it periodically transmits packets to check whether it can communicate with your scanner or printer over the network When using the computer in a network environment other than the one used to set up your scanner or printer disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Note e If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop follow the procedure below to start Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX on the Start screen If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Windows 7 Windows Vista Windows XP From the Start menu click All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Scanner Selector EX gt IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu Displays a menu when you right click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX in the notification area on the desktop Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX En
140. 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931 6932 6933 6936 6937 6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen 1 Load paper into the rear tray 2 Press the printer s Stat bution F Eror Persists Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 667 J Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes see A Message Is Displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 668 A Message Is Displayed This section describes some of the errors or messages DJ Note e A Support Code error number is displayed on the computer for some error or message For details on errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List Error Regarding the Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed Writing Error Output Error Communication Error Other Error Messages The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed Error Regarding the Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed The power cord may have been unplugged while the machine was still on Check the error message that appears on the computer then click OK The machine starts printing See Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord for unplugging the power cord Writing Error Output Error Communic
141. 711 22280m z EEN Page Sre li Onertation A Porras A Olingcape C Rotae 180 degrees GRR rrrtey Poper Sze Letter 85x11 22280m 2 a Pian Paper Letter 85 11 22280m lt C Ouples Parting Manusi Stapkry Long ede siping Lef Soe o h 99 f t 57 EZ Port tom Last Page F Colate ok Cancel toy Helo The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the specified scale 33 Important When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function configure the settings on your application software You do not need to configure the same setting in the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 287 DJ Note e Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 288 Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set page layout printing Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Quick Seta Msn Page Seo Marrtenance EEN Pag
142. A OS 296 Stamp Background PHAUDG cain ds daa de eae eae Awd nea AN 298 Registering a Stain occsnsd eee dee bend eb oOIEESEYMEES REE ORS KE OE ERE Se 301 Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background 0 00 eee eee eee 304 setting Up Envelope PninttinG 05cci0sexn05 eri none dateoddeetd adhe RAE TEREE 307 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Displaying the Print Results before Printing eee LETER ee ee EEE 308 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size 0 2 ccc eck ee eee ee 309 Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History 05 3111 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data 0 0 00 eee 314 Setting the Print Quality Level Custom 2 0 s0s 6 esved eeu ew due eevee ewe ew 315 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome 205 22 vo o00sesdeosa vas dae a suis aes 317 Specifying Color COne CION lt 44 0 cage 424 bu beeen sehen seernw ede ns See E Ewe EES 319 Optimal Photo Printing of image Data sis 2 ei dues dota a ake acabn ana ei eneen G 321 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver 00 000 cece eee eee 322 Printing win ICO Proesa sasadro ee he bade 324 Adjusting Color Balance se ssirseris issira Srii sisa Errera SEESE aaa s 327 Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 329 Adjusting Brightness ita Smet Moni EEATT staa set paws TET 333 HOSA MENS ais vega aes Seeder Rie 6G aha d dR HED EA ti
143. A4 etc amp Monitor Size 1024 x 768 pixels etc amp width 2 Height and scale cannot be specified The preview image will be cropped according to the selected output size and resolution The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size of the selected paper monitor size You can drag the cropping frame to enlarge reduce or move it while maintaining the aspect ratio Add Delete Opens the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box in which you can specify custom output sizes In the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box you can specify multiple output sizes and save them at one time Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected along with the predefined items Adding Select Print or Image display for Destination then enter Output Size Name Width and Height then click Add For Unit you can select inches or mm when Destination is Print but you can only select pixels when Destination is Image display The name of the added size appears in Output Size List Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List Deleting Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List then click Delete Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List J Important e You cannot delete predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels J Note e Save up to 10 items for each destination An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setti
144. Alignment again e Make sure that the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen glass e Make sure the platen glass and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty e Make sure the type and size of loaded paper is suitable for Automatic Print Head Alignment For Automatic Print Head Alignment always load one sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper e Make sure if print head nozzles are clogged Print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the print head If the error is not resolved perform Manual Print Head Alignment Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 698 2901 Cause Printing of the print head alignment pattern is complete and the machine is in waiting for scanning the sheet Action Proceed to scan the printed alignment pattern 1 Load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass Load the print head alignment sheet with the printed side facing down and align the mark F onthe upper left corner of the sheet with the alignment mark 2 Close the document cover gently then press the machine s Black or Color button The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet and the print head position will be adjusted automatically Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 699 4100 Cause The specified data cannot be printed Action When you print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM confirm the message on the computer screen m
145. Auto Scan Dialog Box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 430 Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box 6 Click Photo Product Name Canon series al a Auto Decument Photo f Custom Stitch ScanGear instructors Scanning starts When scanning is completed the specified e mail client starts and the images will be attached to a new message Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e The scanned images are saved according to the settings made in the Settings dialog box e When the Check scan results checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog box the Save Settings dialog box appears After you set the save options and click OK the scanned images are saved and automatically attached to a new message of the specified e mail client 7 Specify the recipient enter the subject and message then send e mail Refer to the manual of your e mail client for e mail settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 431 Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in your text editor 3J Note e You can extract text when scanning via Document Custom or ScanGear e The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings The Settings di
146. B connection Canon XXX series where XXX is the model name e For network connection XXX series_MAC address where XXX is the model name 3 Select the type of picture according to the item to be scanned Select from Color picture Grayscale picture Black and white picture or text and Custom Settings Note When using the scanner or printer with network connection the options for the type of picture may differ from those displayed with USB connection e To scan with the values previously set in Adjust the quality of the scanned picture select Custom Settings 4 Click Adjust the quality of the scanned picture and set the preferences as required Brightness Move the slider to adjust the brightness Move it to the left to darken and right to brighten the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Contrast Move the slider to adjust the contrast Moving it to the left will decrease the contrast of the image thus softening the image Moving it to the right will increase the contrast of the image thus sharpening the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Resolution DPI Enter the resolution Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi Resolution DJ Note e When using the scanner or printer with network connection the following resolutions can be specified 150 dpi 300 dpi 600 dpi Picture type Select the type of scan you want for your item Reset Click to restore the original settings
147. B or sRGB of the image data and the application software to be used and then select the printing method suited to your purpose Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Describes the procedure for printing sRGB data by using the color correction function of the printer driver e To print using Canon Digital Photo Color The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three dimensional effects and high sharp contrasts e To print by directly applying editing and touch up results of an application software When printing the data the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light areas while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact When printing the data the printer applies fine adjustment results such as brightness adjustments made with an application software Printing with ICC Profiles Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or sRGB effectively You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 321 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB da
148. Canon Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals MG2900 series Online Manual Read Me First Useful Functions Available on the Machine Overview of the Machine Printing Copying Scanning Troubleshooting English Contents R ad Me Fisk ec soa tbsee heed ARRELET ERRARE EER eRe ehe ee heb e gt DOS 14 How to Use the Online Manual 000 ccc ee eee 15 Trademarks and Licenses 2 66 ia 540 bos hee OSES POS ROR OS 16 S Eee LOT Gra E teen aes Se abe PEC aw hoses es GGeees ners eee 20 Notes on Operation Explanations 0 000 e eee eee eee 22 Useful Functions Available on the Machine nananana aaaea 23 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode 2020000 ee 24 Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden ci csckdckee naaa 25 Download a Variety of Content Materials nnana aaaea 27 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application n nnana anaana 28 Print Photos on Facebook Easily Using a Facebook App Print Your Days 29 Connection Methods Available on the Machine 000000 eee eee 30 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP rer EE shea eeey Se ReSHICHONS 25 445 05 958494 444 7 D EN EAE RIG DER ESREEA ED DET ADRES Deda DERRIDA 34 Notice for Web Service Prining lt a2seseceehasen nt SsSeded ened eset auereee daa 36 Use PIXMA Cloud Link 255508242ccesdedenbdeiuadteesudeagd eseecteansesin 38 Using PIXMA Cloud Li
149. Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 360 Note e The High Standard or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar Therefore when the slider bar is moved the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left This is the same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab Color Adjustment Tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast options Preview Shows the effect of color adjustment The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted You can check the color adjustment status easily by changing the preview image to one similar to the results to be printed with Sample Type Note The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked Sample Type Selects a preview image displayed on the Color Adjustment tab If necessary select a preview image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics whichever is most similar to the print results View Color Pattern Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern check this check box Cyan Magenta Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Moving the slider to the right makes a color stro
150. Cleaning print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice Ink may have run out Replace the FINE cartridge CZL When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink replace it with a new one When using paper with one printable surface make sure that the paper is loaded with the printable side facing up Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality Load paper with the printable side facing up Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side eeu Is the FINE cartridge installed properly If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely ink may not be ejected correctly Retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray open the cover then remove the FINE cartridges Then install the FINE cartridges again Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly close the cover When copying see also the sections below Is the platen glass dirty Clean the platen glass Downloade
151. Color button The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet and the print head position will be adjusted automatically The print head position adjustment will be complete when the ON lamp lights after flashing Remove the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass 3J Important Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass until adjusting the print head position is complete e If adjusting the print head position has failed the Alarm lamp flashes Press the Black button or the Color button to release the error then take appropriate action f an Error Occurs DJ Note e If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above adjust the print head position manually from the computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer To print and check the current head position adjustment values hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes six times then release it immediately Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 144 Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your Computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning Inside th
152. DJ Note e Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN You can change WEP settings with selecting Use WEP and clicking Configuration Changing the WEP Detailed Settings You can change WPA WPA2 settings with selecting Use WPA WPA2 and clicking Configuration Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Important If all encryption types of the access point printer or computer do not match the printer cannot communicate with the computer If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment 6 Click OK After changing configuration a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed D gt Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset
153. DJ Note e When printing large data such as a photo or graphics it may take longer to start printing While the ON lamp is flashing the computer is processing data and sending it to the machine Wait until printing starts Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer properly When the machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the machine and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the machine directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again When you use the machine over LAN make sure that the machine is set up to be used over network correctly ISE Is the access point mode enabled When you print using a mode other than the access point mode disable the access point mode in advance If you are printing from the computer and there are any unnecessary print jobs delete them gt Deleting the Undesired Print Job Make sure that your machine s name is selected in the Print dialog box The machine will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer Make sure that Canon XXX series Printer where XXX is your machine s nam
154. Driver Description Updating the MP Drivers Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 274 Printing with Easy Setup This section describes the simple procedure for setting the Quick Setup tab so that you can carry out appropriate printing on this printer 1 Check that the printer is turned on 2 Load paper on the printer 3 Open the printer driver setup window 4 Select a frequently used profile In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select a printing profile suited for the purpose When you select a printing profile the Additional Features Media Type and Printer Paper Size settings are automatically switched to the values that were preset Porter Paper Sze Letter 3 511 22230m Onertation Potrat Papet Source Rear Trey Copies 5 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High Standard or Draft according to your purpose Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 275 gt Important e The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile 6 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is printed with settings that match your purpose Porter Paper Sze Letter 85x11 2228o Onentation Portrat Pace Source Rear Tray 3 Important e When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box all settings specified on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs are saved and you can print wi
155. Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages in the following cases e When scanned by clicking Photo in the IJ Scan Utility main screen The Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings of the Settings ScanGear dialog box e Start OCR is selected in Application Settings of the Settings Document Scan Settings Custom Scan or Settings ScanGear dialog box e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White D gt Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Forma
156. FINE cartridge are installed Be sure to install both cartridges 8 Close the cover Note If the Alarm lamp lights or flashes after the cover is closed take appropriate action If an Error Occurs e The machine may make noise during operation 9 Adjust the print head position 10 After replacing the FINE cartridge align the print head DJ Note When print head alignment is performed the machine starts cleaning the print head automatically before printing the print head alignment sheet Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 131 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your model 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Maintenance tab click View Printer Status The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status Option ipkOetats Help Porter is orire Estimated irk levels Dm DJ Note e The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer e When you receive a notice about the remaining ink level a mark appears above the ink icon For example 9 The ink is running low Prepare a new ink cartridge 3 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink relate
157. Important e When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function give priority to the printer driver settings However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print Options Opens the Print Options dialog box Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications Stamp Background Stamp Opens the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data It also allows you to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment Stamp and Background may not be available Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 367 Custom Paper Size dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the size width and height of the custom paper Units Select the unit for entering a user defined paper size Paper Size Speci
158. Note e You can rename Document Name to any name 5 Executing print Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the specified settings to print the data Reprinting from the Print History When you click Save Print History on the File menu to enable the setting the document printed from the preview is saved and you can reprint the document with the same settings 1 Displaying the print history Open the printer driver setup window Then on the Maintenance tab select View Print History The saved print document is displayed in the preview Important e To limit the number of print history registrations click History Entry Limit on the File menu e If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one 2 Selecting a print document From the Document Name list select the document to be printed 3 Executing print Click Print Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 313 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Setting the Print Quality Level Custom gt Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver gt Printing with ICC Profiles Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver
159. Set 3 Drag the Intensity slide bar on the Color Adjustment sheet to adjust the intensity Is printing performed beyond the recommended printing area If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper the lower edge of the paper may become stained with ink Resize your original document in your application software Printing Area Is the platen glass dirty Clean the platen glass Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Is the paper feed roller dirty Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 626 Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary Is the inside of the machine dirty When performing duplex printing the inside of the machine may become stained with ink causing the printout to become smudged Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning DJ Note e To prevent the inside of the machine from stains set the paper size correctly Set the time to dry the printed surface longer Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scratched are prevented 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 3 Click the Maintenance t
160. Settings tab to display the Settings General Settings dialog box In the Settings General Settings dialog box you can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail attachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden some options may not appear Si Emal Attaderet Sre Document Language Folder to Save Temporary Fies Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name Note e With network connection Select appears on the right side of the product name Click Select to display IJ Network Scanner Selector EX from which you can change the scanner to use Refer to Network Scan Settings for the setting procedure E mail Attachment Size You can restrict the size of scanned images to be attached to an e mail You can select Small Suitable for 640 x 480 Windows Medium Suitable for 800 x 600 Windows Large Suitable for 1024 x 768 Windows or No Change Document Language Select the language for detecting text in images Folder to Save Temporary Files Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily Click Browse to specify the destination folde
161. Soe Image Settings Image Adutirert Reduce Show frough Unsharp Mask Descon Redxe Oust and Soathes Gran Correcton EY Note e Settings are not retained when you switch modes e You can select Document ADF Duplex when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning 3 Set Input Settings according to the document or purpose 4 Set Output Settings 5 Make image corrections and color adjustments as required Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons 6 Click Scan Scanning starts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 488 DJ Note e Click o Information to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings document type etc e A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box Related Topic Advanced Mode Tab Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 489 Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver You can scan two or more photos small documents on the Platen at one time on the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab This section explains how to scan multiple documents from the Basic Mode tab Important To scan multiple documents as a single image scan in whole image view e The following types of documents may not be cropped correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames scan areas in whole image view and sc
162. Stitch on the Le Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box In the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger than the platen Documents POF Mttple Pages Standard F Create a POE fhe that supports keyword search Cl Save to a subfolder mith current date C Check sean results Applicaton Settings Open with an appication O Send to an application O Send to a folder O Do not start any application 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area gt Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned e Scanning photos Photo e Scanning documents Document e Scanning magazines Magazine Note e To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 460 Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Image Processing Settings Click _ _ Plus to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings
163. The confirmation screen will be displayed again one month later To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program click Uninstall then follow the on screen instructions Changing the confirmation screen setting 1 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Programs gt Programs and Features In Windows 7 or Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 672 J Note e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting up software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account follow the on screen instructions 2 Select Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 3 Select Change If you select Yes after you have followed the on screen instructions the confirmation screen will be displayed at the time of the next survey If you select No the information will be sent automatically Note If you select Uninstall or Remove in Windows XP the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended S
164. To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 9 gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab The Wireless LAN sheet is displayed Wireless LAN Admin Password v Network Type rtrestructure SSID ii Encryption Method Use WEP TCP IP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on the Wireless LAN sheet see Wireless LAN Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm SSID Enter the same value that was set for the target access point When the printer is connected with USB the Search screen appears by clicking Search Set the SSID of the access point by selecting the one of the detected access points Search Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 193
165. Type IP Address y Enable printer socess controa P address Instructions 1 Enable printer access control IP address Select to enable access control to the printer by IP address Note The two types of access control i e by MAC address and by IP address can be enabled at the same time An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type e When both access control types are enabled at the same time a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer 2 Accessible IP Addresses Shows the registered IP addresses and any comments 3 Edit The Edit Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible IP Addresses Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 4 Add The Add Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to register the IP address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network J Important Add the IP address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list Up to 16 IP addresses can be registered IP addresses specified by Range Specification are counted as one
166. USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using IJ Network Tool activate the LAN settings in advance Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Screen Map the card siot as a network deve to this computer Specfy the deve letter and cick OK 1 Drive Select the drive letter to assign to the network drive 2 Update Reloads the drive letters that are unassigned in Computer My Computer in Windows XP and displays them in the Drive list Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Failed Screen Display when the network setup of the card slot is failed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 240 Communication with the Card Slot fated Please refer to the Instructions then cick Retry 1 Skip Completes the setup without mapping a network drive to the card slot 2 Retry Returns to Network Setup of the Card Slot screen and re executes the network drive mapping 3 Cancel Cancels the card slot setup When IJ Network Tool is running over LAN the Cancel button is displayed grayed out and cannot be clicked Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 241 Associate Port Screen Allows you to associate a created port with a printer driver Select the printer for which you want to change the association then click OK 3J Note e You cannot print with the printer unless the printer driver is associated with the port Associate a port with an installed pri
167. Wi Fi button The access point mode is enabled and the machine can be used as an access point VSE Is the machine selected to connect external communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets Select an access point name SSID specified for the machine as a destination for external communication devices Enter a password if you specify it for the machine S Make sure that external communication devices are not placed far away from the machine Do not locate external communication devices too far away from the machine Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices eile Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible GEE Are you trying to connect 6 devices or more You can connect up to 5 devices using the access point mode Cannot Print or Scan from a Computer Connected to the Network Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to set up the computer refer to the instruction manual of your computer or contact its manufacturer If the MP Drivers are not installed install them Install the MP Drivers with the
168. XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 298 3 Select a stamp Check the Stamp check box and select the stamp to be used from the list The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the stamp details If necessary specify the following settings and then click OK Define Stamp button To change the stamp text bitmap or position click this Place stamp over text To print the stamp on the front of the document check this check box Note e The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document data in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap When this check box is unchecked the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software used e Place stamp over text cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used When the XPS printer driver is used the stamp is normally printed in the foreground of the document Print semitransparent stamp Check this check box to print a semi transparent stamp on the document This function is available only when the XPS printer driver is used Stamp first page only To print the stamp only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When yo
169. a FINE cartridge runs out of ink replace it with a new one eee IS the FINE cartridge installed properly If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely ink may not be ejected correctly Retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray open the cover then remove the FINE cartridges Then install the FINE cartridges again Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly close the cover Note e Printed colors may not match screen colors due to basic differences in the methods used to produce colors Color control settings and environmental differences can also affect how colors appear on the screen Therefore colors of printing results may be different from those on the screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 620 Lines Are Misaligned D Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Perform Print Head Alignment If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Aligning the Print Head D gt Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Increase the print quality and try printing again Increasing the print quality in the printer driver may improve the print result
170. a type Unless special printing is required normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab Pain Paper Leter 8 S11 22280m Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Rear Tray Paper is always supplied from the rear tray Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose gt Important Depending on the Media Type settings the same print results may be produced even if the Print Quality is changed High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 359 Custom Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually Set Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button Open the Custom dialog box You can then individually set the print quality level Color Intensity Selects color adjustment method Auto Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Cont
171. ab e Depending on your application software this function may not be available Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 342 Overview of the Printer Driver gt Canon lJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Canon IJ Status Monitor Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer gt Canon IJ Preview Deleting the Undesired Print Job Instructions for Use Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 343 Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon lJ printer driver called printer driver below is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand and sends the converted data to the printer Because different models support different print data formats you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using Printer Driver Types On Windows Vista SP1 or later you can install the XPS printer driver in addition to the regular printer driver The XPS printer driver is suited to print from an application software that supports XPS printing Important e To use the XPS printer driver the standard printer driver must already be installed on your computer
172. ab and then Custom Settings 4 Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and then click OK 5 Confirm the message and click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 627 Back of the Paper Is Smudged Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning D gt Note e When performing duplex printing or too much printing the inside may become stained with ink Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 628 Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Colors Are Uneven POOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOMOOOOOOOOON Colors Are Streaked Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory OVA Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly After performing the Print Head Cleaning print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform th
173. able Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Enables or disables IJ Network Scanner Selector EX When you select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX you will not be able to scan over a network from the operation panel Enabled 2 Disabled Important e When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel you cannot scan using the operation panel even if this setting is enabled Settings The Scan from PC Settings screen appears You can select the model you want to use About Displays the version information In the displayed dialog box you can change the language to be used in the application The change will be reflected after restarting the computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 566 Exit Exits IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Enabled or Ss Disabled disappears from the notification area on the desktop Scan from PC Settings Screen Right click the icon from the notification area on the desktop then select Settings to display the Scan from PC Settings screen Your scanner or printer must be selected with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX before scanning over a network Scanners MAC addresses of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are displayed You can select one scanner or printer per model Selecting a scanner or printer automatically enables scanning from the operation panel Instructions Opens this guide Scan fr
174. able Properly Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection FINE Cartridge Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 652 The Machine Cannot Be Powered On Press the ON button Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the power cord connector of the machine then turn it back on Unplug the machine from the power supply then plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on after leaving it for at least 2 minutes If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 653 The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally Deactivate the setting to turn the unit off automatically The machine turns off automatically according to the elapsed time you specified if you activate the setting to turn the unit off automatically If you do not want the machine to turn off automatically open the printer driver setup window and in Auto Power under the Maintenance sheet select Disable for Auto Power Off D Note e You can activate the setting to turn the machine on off automatically from the operation panel of the machine or ScanGear scanner driver e From the operation panel of the machine Turning on off the Machine Automatically e From ScanGear scanner driver Scanner Tab Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 654 Cannot Connect to Computer
175. able vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes A B A Least noticeable horizontal stripes B Most noticeable horizontal stripes 9 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed 3 Important e Do not open the cover while printing is in progress 10 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable streaks are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 151 When you have entered all the necessary values click OK D2 Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks 11 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The third pattern is printed 3 Important e Do not open the cover while printing is in progress 12 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable stripes in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable stripes are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes Downl
176. ace down on the platen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 9 Click Start Scanning Image 2 Start Scanning Image 1 Scan Image 2 The second item is scanned and appears in 2 2 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 10 Adjust the scanned images as required Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in out or drag the images to adjust their positions Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 SD adust copping fames Save 2 Note e Select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 421 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window To scan an item again select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the screen then click x Delete The selected image is deleted allowing you to scan the item again 11 Click Save 2 Scan Ovecton Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 The combined image is saved gt Note e Refer to Image Stitch Window for details on the Image Stitch window You can make advanced scan settings in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box displayed by clicking Settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 422 Scanning Multiple Items at One Time You can scan two or more photos small items placed on the platen at one time and save each i
177. addresses When specifying IP addresses manually specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 249 F Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network To prevent you can use the firewall function of a broadband router the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer IEEE 802 11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps IEEE 802 11g International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54 Mbps Compatible with 802 11b IEEE 802 11n International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges Even when using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple communication channels at the same time the transmission speed may be influenced by the connected apparatus At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps it is possible to communicate with multiple computer terminals within a dozen or so metre radius Compatible with 802 11b and 802 1 1g Infrastructure Client computer and machine setup where all wireless communications pass through an access point IP Address A unique number with four parts separated by dots Every network device that is connected to the Internet has an IP address Example 192 168
178. age Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pull down menu Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 458 Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 459 Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Click Scan and
179. ake sure that genuine Canon FINE cartridges are all installed properly then start printing again Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 700 4102 Cause The media type and paper size are not set correctly Action Press the machine s Stop button to cancel printing change the media type or paper size setting then print again e When the media type is set to Photo Paper Plus Glossy II Set the paper size to 4 x6 10x15cm Windows 4 x 6 Mac or 5 x7 13x18cm Windows 5 x 7 Mac When the media type is set to Glossy Photo Paper Set the paper size to 4 x6 10x15cm Windows 4 x 6 Mac e When the media type is set to Envelope Set the paper size to Envelope Com 10 Windows Envelope 10 Mac or Envelope DL Windows Mac Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 701 4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with the current print settings Action Press the machine s Stop button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and print again Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 702 5011 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 703 5012 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of th
180. ally see ssss iawn cao Werke ary w rosa aedas 623 Printed Paper Cursor Has Ink BIOS sarra 544 ai kia bate dh eget Ee ce eh ae ea Ge 624 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 00200 cc eee eee ees 625 Back of the Paper Is Smudged urea ead oa Mil aoe tabee owed 628 Colors Are Uneven or Streaked jancs cod2 a Ride ois SANEE tir RAMER SHS e VANE OO EHA 629 Ink Is Not Ejected TERE TEPEE RETTA TTT eae TITON LORENTE TERTE TEPPE wee gece 631 Problems Wil SOA st sored eee eed be 44 Hor bES CERES ERR ee aH 632 Problems with Scanning TF DEA ee PE SUTI TOIT tigepoaae Moe Scammer Does OU PV SEI cy a de dh a a le al la sai oe Shep abe 634 scanGear Scanner Driver Does Not Start cis cece ee eed ee vba eee eae edaaeeebaeete es 635 Error Message Appears and the ScanGear Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear 636 Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time eee ETETE RETETE kiia EEEE epamsapan BOL Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan cere ee TEPER ie a ped Hah RAIS ehh aaa amp 638 Slow SCANNING Speal oi haa ant k aa E Adee Baad haa ia ed tate aon A aaa ded 639 There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed 0 0202 cece eee eee 640 Computer Stops Operating during Scanning s asasan avcadedane adorn eannn aa 641 Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows 0 000s 642 Scanned Image Does Not OPEN cvas
181. alog box appears 3 Click Document Scan P Documents POF Multple Pages Standard V Create a POF fe that supports keyword search C save to a subfolder wth current date Cl Check scan results Anirano Sorters Note For Resolution only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings 4 Select Start OCR for Application Settings then select the application in which you want to display the result Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 432 JPEG Image Quality Cl save to a subfolder with current date Cl Check scan results Apobearen Settings O Open wh an appicabon O Send toan application O Send to a folder O Attah to emal Start OCR O Do not start any app caton 3J Note If a compatible application is not installed the text in the image is extracted and appears in your text editor Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog box Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan e You can add the application from the pull down menu 5 Click OK JPEG Image Quality C save to a subfolder with current date C Check scan results Applicaton Settings O Open with an appicabon O Send to an application O Send to a folders O attach to e mail Start OCR O Do not start any application The IJ Scan Utilit
182. als 285 Scaled Printing Festival oe Come and join wet The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set scaled printing Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Sep Man Page Sp Martenance EN Pope Sze Letter 8 5711 22280m Onentation AJ Pora AJC Rotate 130 degrees GRP Prea Poper Se Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Sosed m Pan P S Ba a g Far Nomasize FtioPage Page Layout Tiing Poster l Seaing Cl Duplex Parting Manus Long ede stapling Left gt Copes 7 1 0 333 gj Port trom Last Page 3 Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods e Select a Printer Paper Size When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 286 Letter 8 5 K11 22280m A OLangecape lt Long cide taping Leh 1 1 995 gj EZ Port trom Last Page V Colate OK Cancel ooy Helo C Duples Parting Manus e Specify a scaling factor Directly type in a value into the Scaling box Quick Setup Man Page Senp Martenance Letier 8 5
183. alsPrinter com Manuals 451 Note e Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 452 Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Click Custom Scan on the LE Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Custom Scan dialog box In the Settings Custom Scan dialog box you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your preference F Create a POE fie that supports keyword search C Save toa subfolder with current date Agpicaton Settings Open with an application U Canon My Image Garden O Send to an application A Preview Send to a folder None C Attach to emai J None Attach Manually O Stt oc T Output to Text O Do rot start any appication 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 39 Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned Select Auto to detect the item type automatically and to set Color Mode Paper Size and Resolution automatically as well 599 Important e Item types su
184. alsPrinter com Manuals 519 2 Note e When multiple images are previewed different outlines indicate different selection status e Focus Frame thick blue outline The displayed settings will be applied e Selected Frame thin blue outline The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously You can select multiple images by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key e Unselected no outline The settings will not be applied e Double click a frame to zoom in on the image Click K gt Frame Advance at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next frame Double click the frame again to return the display to its non magnified state When a Whole Image is displayed on the Toolbar Items on the Platen are scanned and displayed as a single image All portions in the cropping frames will be scanned 3J Note e You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image In thumbnail view you can only create one cropping frame per image In whole image view you can create multiple cropping frames Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 520 Related Topic Scanning in Basic Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 521 Advanced Mode Tab This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode output resolution image brightness and color tone This section describes the settings and functions
185. ames of the Licensor except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file 7 Disclaimer of Warranty Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing Licensor provides the Work and each Contributor provides its Contributions on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied including without limitation any warranties or conditions of TITLE NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License 8 Limitation of Liability In no event and under no legal theory whether in tort including negligence contract or otherwise unless required by applicable law such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts or agreed to in writing shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages including any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work including but not limited to damages for loss of Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 18 goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility
186. an e Photos that have a whitish background e Documents printed on white paper hand written text business cards etc Thin documents e Thick documents Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View e The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly e Documents smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square e Photos that have been cut to various shapes Note You can also scan multiple documents at one time from the Advanced Mode tab Use the Advanced Mode tab to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode output resolution image brightness and color tone Refer to the corresponding sections below for details on the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab Basic Mode Tab Advanced Mode Tab 1 Place the document on the Platen then start ScanGear scanner driver Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver 2 Set Select Source according to the document placed on the Platen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 490 ao meteora CI Adjust cropping frames pmage corrections em Correct fading Color Pattern 3 Click Preview Thumbnails of the preview images appear in the Preview area Cropping frames are specified automatically according to the document size PPE 4 Set Destination 5 Set Output Size according to purpose 6 Adjust the cropping frames and set Image corrections as required
187. anGear screen to open the Preferences dialog box Scanner review Scan Color Settings Auto Power Settings Seting Quiet Settings Settings Select Folder Where Temporary Fies are Saved C Psers Usertarre poeta Fen Bronse Sound Setings Pay Music During Scanning Meda CSSAMEP IMID ay Sound When Scamming is Completed Scanner Tab Allows you to set the quiet mode specify the folder in which to save images temporarily and set the music file to play during or at the end of a scan Preview Tab Allows you to select what to do with Preview when ScanGear is started how to display cropping frames after previewing images and the cropping size for thumbnails of scanned documents Scan Tab Allows you to select what to do with ScanGear after scanning image Color Settings Tab Allows you to select how to adjust color and specify the monitor gamma value Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 542 Scanner Tab On the Scanner tab you can specify the following settings 33 Important e Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer Scanner Preven Scan Color Settings Auto Power Settings Setengs Quiet Settings Setongs Select Folder Where Temporary Files are Saved C7 rers UserName Aposta Tere Browse Sound Settings Pty Music During Scanning dows Meda CSSAYP 7 MID ay Sound When Scanning is Completed Auto Power Settings You can set to turn t
188. and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them goa Ming pricier Manage users Userinformation instuctons Logout Registered Search apps CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums Contig CANON INC CANON INC ON i ON oe f Flickr Facebook Properties Manage jobs Latest noices CANON INC CANON INC CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM ON pop up card pace for Your Photos ye Evernote Notice list On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category 61 Search apps Photography Productivity Creatmty hot og apr y z5 Picasa Web Albums CANON IMAGE GATEWAY oductivily CANON INC CANON INC i a CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM f oe Crafts EI pop up card CTS z Facebook Flickr CANON INC CANON INC o When you select Gi the details of the app are displayed When you select Cm morf you can choose to register or unregister the app DJ Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model Can be used with genuine Canon ink ES Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the O
189. ard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the machine When ink runs out replace the FINE cartridge immediately with a new one Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 126 Useful Information about Ink 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Retract the paper output tray and the output tray extension 3 Open the cover 4 The FINE cartridge holder moves to the replacement position Caution Do not hold the FINE cartridge holder to stop or move it forcibly Do not touch the FINE cartridge holder until it stops completely 3 Important e The inside of the machine may be stained with ink Be careful not to stain your hands or clothing when replacing the FINE cartridge You can easily wipe off the ink from the inside of the machine with tissue paper or the like Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the machine e If the cover is left open for more than 10 minutes the FINE cartridge holder may move and the Alarm lamp light In this case close the cover then open it again 5 Remove the empty FINE cartridge 1 Push down the FINE cartridge until it clicks 2 Remove the FINE cartridge Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 127 gt Important e Handle the FINE cartridge carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area e Discard the empty FINE cartridge according to the local laws and regula
190. area is specified only the portion in the specified area will be scanned Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear 5 Set Image corrections as required 6 Click Scan Areas framed by broken lines are scanned Note e A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 493 Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear Scanner Driver gt Correcting Images Unsharp Mask Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction etc Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance Adjusting Brightness and Contrast Adjusting Histogram Adjusting Tone Curve Setting Threshold Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 494 Correcting Images Unsharp Mask Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction etc The Image Settings functions on the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear scanner driver allow you to enhance the outline of the subjects reduce dust scratches and correct faded colors when scanning images Setting Items Click Arrow of a function and select an item from the pull down menu Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction Gran Correction Gutter Sradoe Correction 3 Important Do not apply these functions to images without moire dust scratches or faded colors The color tone may be adversel
191. ases only the first scanned image is accepted or multiple images are scanned as one image For such applications do not scan multiple documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000 first save them using IJ Scan Utility then import the saved files from the Insert menu When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 Word Excel PowerPoint etc click Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen Otherwise images may not be scanned correctly Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 558 When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007 Microsoft Office 2010 Word Excel PowerPoint etc use Microsoft Clip Organizer Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications In that case increase the operating system s virtual memory and retry When image size is too large such as when scanning large images at high resolution your computer may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 depending on the application In that case cancel the action for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar then increase the operating system s virtual memory or reduce the image size resolution and retry Alternatively scan the image via IJ Scan Utility first then save and import it into the application Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 559 Useful Information on Scanning Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Res
192. aste the pages together to create a large print like a poster OBN P E The procedure for performing tiling poster printing is as follows Setting Tiling Poster Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set tiling poster printing Select Tiling Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Quick Setup Main Page Sp Martenance EEN Page Sze Letier 8 5 11 22280m amp Onentation A Pora A C Rotate 180 degrees GPP Portar Poper Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Tiing Poster 2 P ran Ri Nomasize Ftto Page 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 291 If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box and then click OK kage Diyisions Ddod rto 2 cg Bret Qt Pate in nagas F Port Qt Paste ines in margins Pont page range os Pages Erter page numbers and or page ranges seperated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 oe re Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x horizontal As the number of divisions increases the number of sheets used for printing increases If you are pasting pages together to create a pos
193. ate a printer through a wireless LAN The methods are agreeable each other When using WEP as an encryption method the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key For WPA WPA2 authentication method is PSK Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the access point gt Open System In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key even if Use WEP is selected Shared Key In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that was set for encryption B Bonjour A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network automatically C Channel Frequency channel for wireless communication In the infrastructure mode the channel is automatically adjusted to match that set to the access point This machine supports channels 1 to 13 Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase Note that the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or country D Default Gateway A relay device to connect to another network such as a router or a computer DHCP server functionality The router or the access point assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a network starts up DNS server A server that converts device names into IP
194. ation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Other Supported OS Some functions may not be available with each OS Refer to the manual or the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS Android and Windows RT Mobile Printing Capability Google Cloud Print PIXMA Cloud Link An internet connection is required to view the Online Manual Windows Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP pre installed Windows A CD ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation Windows Internet Explorer 8 9 10 or 11 is required to install Easy WebPrint EX Windows Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center Windows NET Framework 4 or 4 5 must be installed to use the Windows software Windows XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP Windows The TWAIN driver ScanGear is based on the TWAIN 1 9 Specification and requires the Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system Mac OS Hard Disk must be formatted as Mac OS Extended Journaled or Mac OS Extended Mac OS For Mac OS an internet connection is required during software installation In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be open Contact the network administrator for details Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 269 Information in this guide is subjec
195. ation Error If the ON lamp is off make sure that the power plug is plugged in then turn the machine on While the ON lamp is flashing the machine is initializing Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately in the printer driver In the following instructions XXX signifies your machine s name 1 Log on as a user account with administrator privilege 2 Select items as shown below e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from the Start menu In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 3 Open the properties of printer driver for the machine e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 or Windows 7 right click the Canon XXX Printer icon where XXX is your machine s name then select Printer properties e In Windows Vista or Windows XP right click the Canon XXX Printer icon where XXX is your machine s name then select Properties 4 Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX Printer appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s
196. ation to 0 Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp Title Enter the title to save the stamp you created Up to 64 characters can be entered Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Stamps Shows a list of saved stamp titles Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title Save Save overwrite Saves the stamp Enter a title in Title and then click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary stamp Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list and click this button Background Tab The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file omp to be used as a background or determine how to print the selected background Preview Window Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab File Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background Select File Opens the dialog box to open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file bmp to be used as the background Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 374 Layout Method Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position Intensity Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the inte
197. attached to the wall Power supply Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary e Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord Pulling the cord may damage the power cord leading to possible fire or electrical shock Do not use an extension lead cord Working around the machine Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing When moving the machine carry the machine at both ends In case the machine weighs more than 14 kg it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine Accidental dropping of the machine causes injury For the machine s weight refer to the On screen Manual Do not place any object on the machine Especially do not place metal objects paper clips staples etc or containers of flammable solvents alcohol thinners etc on top of the machine Do not transport or use the machine on a slant vertically or upside down as the ink may leak and damage the machine Working around the machine For the multifunction printer e When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass do not press hard on the Document Cover The Platen Glass may break and cause injury Print Heads ink tanks and FINE Cartridges Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed rinse out mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink If irritation or discomfort occurs obtain medical a
198. automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 999 Admin Password Sheet Set a password for the printer to allow specific people to perform setup and configurations operation To display the Admin Password sheet click the Admin Password tab on the Configuration screen 1 Use admin password Set an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options To use this feature select this check box and enter a password 2 Password Enter the password to set 3 Password Confirmation Enter the password again for confirmation 59 Important e If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to revert the password to the default setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 223 Network Information Screen Display the network information that is set for the printers and the computers To display the Network Information screen select Network Information from the View menu Network Information ooo i IE wos F me oe Pe i Sy o om 1 OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 2 Copy All Informa
199. ayed on the Computer Screen During Setup 05 600 The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten eee gh aneses HAG 601 Checking Information about the Network 05 0665 cee beeen eee beeen ene eens 602 Packets Are Sent Steadily 2 06405065 Gane ah ei aniGarenn tenn eh eiwasas 604 How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default 5 605 Problems with PNM ccc cece edeat eee daeebeniadmiar Stet ovapobseiadebeaud 606 Printing Does Not Start oss eccee sees vende xs pk Ree gu ha ek eb eR ek ata EEEE EEE 607 Paper Jaen cass hace toed a a heads Aes baht a a hee aa E 609 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs ois0c 450 000 eee su nee ew eden saws 610 Copying Printing Stops Before It Is Completed 00 cece eee 612 Problems with Pining QUAY ce ced Chie ee eee doe RES ede beeen esas ee ak 613 Prnt Results Not Satisfactory cite carca iota arco tne akuna ee tao duie E a da same 614 Cannet Pant to End of JOD esre sean eee ee Wee ce hE ea ee ee AER ie ene 616 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks 617 Colors Ars Univ icivetdivedasee cde hawed deed didedec ted dames ed dedd aeeda ae 620 Lines Are Micali eserse srne ea lattes bide ceouiui on A AET gad Nel ane Re 621 Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially ss sccccuweer oe bes debe sade aoe Cee ee awewe aes 622 Image Dees Not Print or Prints Parti
200. b in the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution text and lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result With some applications the printing is divided into multiple print jobs To cancel printing delete all divided print jobs If image data is not printed correctly display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software This may solve the problem Note Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word Microsoft Corporation o When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver use Word to specify them When Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of the printer driver the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word When Page Size in Word is set to XXX Enlarge Reduce the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word If this happens follow the procedure below 1 Open Word s Print dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 350 2 Open the printe
201. between pages when scanning open booklets Set Gutter Shadow Correction to Low Medium or High according to the degree of shadows Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 497 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 498 Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern You can preview color changes and reproduce natural colors by using the color pattern function in ScanGear scanner driver s Basic Mode tab SSS ar 7 Color Adjustment Correct colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors Click an arrow in Color Adjustment to emphasize the corresponding color Cyan amp red magenta amp green and yellow amp blue are complementary color pairs each pair produces a shade of gray when mixed You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color and increasing the complementary color It is recommended that you find a portion in the image where it should be white and adjust the colors so that the portion turns white Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 499 Preview image appears in the center Preview image colors change as you adjust them Color Adustment Yelow alle z ajaja Below is an example of correcting a bluish image Since Blue and Green are too strong click the Yellow and Magenta arrows to correct 3 Note e Color adjustments are applied o
202. between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and items and between items Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned A more than 0 4 inch 1 cm DD Note e You can place up to 12 items e Positions of slanted items 10 degrees or less are corrected automatically Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 578 Network Scan Settings You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers Important e Multiple users cannot scan at the same time Note e Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand from the Setup CD ROM or by following the instructions on the web page e With network connection scanning takes longer than USB connection Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network Specifying Your Scanner or Printer Use IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to specify the scanner you want to use By specifying the scanner you can scan over a network from your computer D Important If the product you want to use is changed with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX the product used for scanning with IJ Scan Utility changes as well If your scanner or printer is not selected in IJ Scan Utility check that it is selected with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Refer to IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details 1 Check
203. by a new one you can specify the other FINE cartridge that still has ink and continue printing Ink Cartridge Selects the FINE cartridge you use for printing Color Only Uses the color FINE cartridge only Black Only Uses the black FINE cartridge only Both Black and Color Uses the FINE cartridges installed on the printer which are color and black Important When a setting other than Plain Paper or Envelope is selected for Media Type on the Main tab Black Only is disabled because the printer uses the color FINE cartridge to print documents Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use Printing cannot be performed while either FINE cartridge is detached Auto Power Settings dialog box When you click Auto Power the Auto Power Settings dialog box is displayed This dialog box allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver Auto Power On Selects the auto power on setting Specify Disable to prevent the printer from turning on automatically when print data is sent to it Make sure the printer is on and then click OK to change the printer settings Specify Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 380 Auto Power Off Selects the auto power off setting If a printer driver operation or a printer operation is not performed within the specified time the printer turns off Quiet Settings dialog box When you click Quiet Se
204. cable Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access IJ Network Tool has been verified to work on Windows XP however it does not support Fast User Switching It is recommended to exit IJ Network Tool when switching users Starting up IJ Network Tool 1 Start up IJ Network Tool as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select IJ Network Tool on the Start screen to start IJ Network Tool If IJ Network Tool is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Network Tool In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities IJ Network Tool and then IJ Network Tool Depending on the printer you are using an administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase When you change the network settings authentication by the administrator password is required For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 192 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet
205. can results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog box 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder J Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White e When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages D gt Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files
206. can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pull down menu Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 44 Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 442 Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Click Document Scan on the Le Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Document Scan dialog box In the Settings Document Scan dialog box you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as documents F Create a POE fhe that supports keyword search Cl Save to a subfolder with current date C Check scan results
207. ce Adobe RGB or SRGB of the data effectively The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to print Specify an ICC Profile from the Application Software and Print the Data When you print the editing and touch up results of Adobe Photoshop Canon Digital Photo Professional or any application software that allows you to specify input and printing ICC profiles you print by effectively using the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data To use this printing method use your application software to select color management items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself from your application software be sure to select color management items from your application software For instructions refer to the manual of the application software you are using 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select None for Color Correction Calor Correction Ortwer Matching KM None 4 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then c
208. ch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen Select Output Size 1 AI A4x 2 Scan Ovecton San from Left Scan Image 1 fj 7 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image Z CIC Adust cropping Fames 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 2 Toolbar 3 Thumbnail View Area 4 Preview Area 3J Note e The displayed items vary depending on the select source and view 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Select Output Size B4 B5 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of a B4 size item separately A3 A4 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an A3 size item separately 11 x 17 Letter x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as Letter size separately Full Platen x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as the platen separately Scan Direction Scan from Left Displays the first scanned image on the left side Scan from Right Displays the first scanned image on the right side Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 473 Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scans the first item x Q B Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Stan Image 2 EIC adhat cropping Sames Swe Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Scans the second item
209. check the printed pattern and adjust the print head position Preview Window Displays the pattern of Print Head Alignment and checks the position of the selected pattern You can also change the setting by clicking the pattern on the screen directly Select the Pattern Number Compare the printed adjustment patterns and enter the pattern number of the pattern with the least visible streaks or horizontal stripes into the corresponding box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 379 Note e If you do not know how to analyze the printed pattern see Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Initial Check Items Before running Nozzle Check check that the printer power is on and open the cover of the printer Check the following items for each ink e Check the amount of ink remaining in the cartridge e Make sure that you push in the ink cartridge completely until you hear a clicking sound e If an orange tape is adhered to the ink cartridge peel it off completely Any remaining tape will hinder ink output e Check that the ink cartridges are installed in their correct positions Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box When you click Ink Cartridge Settings the Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box is displayed This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed cartridges according to an intended use When one of the FINE cartridges becomes empty and cannot be replaced immediately
210. ck box on the Main tab Pian Paper Letter 85 11 22280m 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is converted to grayscale data It allows you to print the color document in monochrome 33 Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked the printer driver processes image data as sRGB data In this case actual colors printed may differ from those in the original image data When using the grayscale printing function to print Adobe RGB data convert the data to sRGB data using an application software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 317 DJ Note During Grayscale Printing inks other than black ink may be used as well Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 318 Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed Normally the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer This method is suitable for printing sRGB data When you want to print by using the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data effectively select ICM ICC Profile Matching When you want to use an application software to specify a printing ICC profile select None The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows You can also set color correction on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings
211. ckground Colors and Images checkbox In Internet Explorer 8 1 Press the Alt key to display the menus Alternatively from Tools select Toolbars gt Menu Bar to display the menus 2 Select Page Setup from the File menu 3 Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox In Mozilla Firefox 1 Press the Alt key to display the menus Alternatively click Firefox then select Menu Bar from the right arrow of Options to display the menus 2 Select Page Setup from the File menu 3 Select the Print Background colors amp images checkbox in Format amp Options In Google Chrome 1 Select Chrome Menu gt Print 2 Select the Background colors amp images checkbox in Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 14 How to Use the Online Manual Symbols Used in This Document Warning Instructions that if ignored could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Caution Instructions that if ignored could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Important Instructions including important information To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product be sure to read these indications Note Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations WBasic Instruct
212. clean the print head deeply Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 141 Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head clean the print head deeply Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head so clean the print head deeply only when necessary 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes three times then release it immediately The machine starts cleaning the print head deeply The cleaning will be complete when the ON lamp lights after flashing Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the deep cleaning of the print head This takes about 1 minute 3 Check the print head condition To check the print head condition print the nozzle check pattern If the problem is not resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved replace the FINE cartridge with a new one If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 142 Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Note e If the remaining ink level is low the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correct
213. col can be changed on the printer When Using Windows XP Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window USB Connection Connect the printer and a computer with a USB cable Prepare a USB cable Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 31 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window 1 Hold down the Wi Fi button A on the printer until the Alarm lamp B flashes 3 times then release the Wi Fi button after the third flash The printer s access point mode will be enabled 2 Check the SSID and network key of your printer The default SSID is the printer name Print the LAN setting information and check the SSID field How to print the LAN setting information Hold down the Stop button on the printer until the Alarm lamp flashes 15 times then release the Stop button after the fifteenth flash The LAN setting information will be printed The default network key is the serial number of the printer Check the rear side of the printer or warranty 3 Right click the Wireless Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar on the computer then select View Available Wireless Networks Change Windows Firewall settings Open Network Connections Repair View Available Wireless Networks 4 Select the network name SSID you want to use then click Connect Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals
214. comes completely flat For details on how to flatten curled paper see Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 2 Load paper 1 Open the paper support 2 Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 106 1 2 3 Slide the paper guide A to the left and load the paper against the far right of the rear tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU 4 Slide the paper guide A to align it with the paper stack Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper The paper may not be fed properly 4 A 3 I Important e Always load paper in the portrait orientation B Loading paper in the landscape orientation C can cause paper jams E B C JJJ Note Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark D Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 107 3J Note e The machine may make operating noise when feeding paper After loading paper select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 108 Loading Envelopes You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope s direction by specifying with the printer driver properly gt Important e Printing of envelopes from a digital camera is not supported
215. compliant device and connect the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to the machine with wireless LAN J Note e For details on how to detect the machine refer to your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device s instruction manual 4 Specify the print settings such as the paper type and layout Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 402 You can perform settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Select the size and type of paper that you loaded in the machine Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 5 Start printing from your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 403 About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device This section describes the PictBridge Wireless LAN function of the machine For the print settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device refer to the instructions given in the device s instruction manual Note In the following description names of setting items are given according to those used in Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices Setting item names may be different depending on the brand or model of your device e Some setting items explained below may not be available on some devices When you cannot change print settings on a device the printer prints images as follows Paper size 4
216. crease If these problems occur checking this check box may resolve the problems Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances e This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box J Note Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Disable the color profile setting of the application software Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver the print result may contain unexpected colors If this happens checking this check box may resolve the problem Important e Even when this check box is checked only some of the information in the color profile is disabled and the color profile can still be used for printing e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Ungroup Papers Sets the display method of Media Type Page Size and Printer Paper Size To display the items separately select the check box To display the items as a group clear the check box Do not allow application software to compress print data Compression of the application software print data is prohibited If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors selecting this check box may improve the condition
217. creen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete If you are using a PC n Mng print e Manage users 7 User information instructions Log cut Series 3 Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Properties Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest not There are no new notices Oan Notice list Notices 5 Mng printer Select printer button Manage users button Printer name area Menu area 57 5 6 7 8 Notices area Information area Global navigation area Display area YS wes Da DVD 1 Mng printer Select printer button When you select the Mng printer Select printer button the Mng printer Select printer screen appears e Mar 4 2014 4 44 AM Copy apps Pa Copy apps eS 5 Add printer From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error
218. ct s model name or your application s name to the keywords Searching for Functions Enter your product s model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to load paper Enter your product s model name load paper in the search window and perform a search e Troubleshooting Errors Enter your product s model name and a support code Example When the following error screen appears Enter your product s model name 1000 in the search window and perform a search Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 20 ype Plain Paper Page Size Letter 8 5 11 22x28cm if Eror Persists J Note e The displayed screen varies depending on your product Searching for Application Functions Enter your application s name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter My Image Garden collage in the search window and perform a search Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well Example When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning procedure page Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Enter your product s model name scan Color Settings Tab in the search window and perform a sea
219. ction Use this function to correct shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets When you set the Gutter Shadow Correction setting in the preview image the result will be reflected Preview the effects before scanning as results vary depending on the type of document and how it is pressed Unclear or blurred text lines caused by curved pages are not corrected None Gutter shadow will not be corrected Low Select this when the effect level is too strong with the medium setting Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the effect level is too weak with the medium setting Important You can set Gutter Shadow Correction after preview Do not place objects that weigh 4 4 lbs 2 0 kg or more on the platen Also do not press on the document with a force exceeding 4 4 Ibs 2 0 kg If you press heavily the scanner may not work correctly or you might break the glass Align the document with the edge of the Platen If not the shadow will not be corrected properly A y l Shadows may not be corrected properly depending on the document If the page background is not white shadows may not be detected correctly or may not be detected at all While scanning press down on the spine with the same amount of pressure you used to preview the scan If the binding part is not even the shadow will not be corrected properly e How to place the document depends on your model an
220. ctions refer to the user s manual for the Windows Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 345 Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing You will know the status of the printer with graphics icons and messages Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer When launched the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears Option IpkOetaits Help Note e To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing open the printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer When Errors Occur The Canon lJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs e g if the printer runs out of paper or if the ink is low 1 Load paper into the rear tray 2 Press the parter s Sat bution F Ero Ponss In such cases take the appropriate action as described Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 346 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your mod
221. cute duplex printing or page layout printing From the Document Name list select the documents to be combined On the Edit menu select Combine Documents from Documents to combine the documents in the listed sequence To select multiple print documents hold down the Ctrl key and click the documents to be merged or hold down the Shift key and press the upper arrow or lower arrow key You can also click a blank area in the document list and drag the mouse to select multiple documents When you combine documents the documents selected before the combining are deleted from the list and the combined document is added to the list Changing the sequence of print documents or print pages To change the sequence of the print documents go to the Document Name list and select the print document to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Document from Documents and select the appropriate item You can also click and drag a print document to change the print sequence To change the sequence of the print pages click View Thumbnails from the Option menu and select the print page to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Page from Pages and select the appropriate item You can also click and drag a print page to change the print sequence Deleting print documents and print pages To delete a print document select the target document from the Document Name list and on the Edit menu choose Documents and then Delete Document o T
222. d Yellow fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 331 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Rarderd CI Yew Color Patten Pret a pation for cole adh ntrrert Note e You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab Then when you execute printing the document is printed with the color balance that was adjusted by the pattern print function Important When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items are grayed out and cannot be set e Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing Manual is set only Stapling Side can be set e You can print a pattern only if Normal size is selected for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e Depending on your application software this function may not be available Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver
223. d corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document D Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog box are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 445 In that case select the Check s
224. d from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 618 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Make sure that the original is properly loaded on the platen glass Loading Originals Is the original loaded with the side to be copied facing down on the platen glass Did you copy a printout done by this machine If you use a printout done by this machine as the original print quality may be reduced depending on the condition of the original Reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 619 Colors Are Unclear Is the Nozzle Check Pattern printed properly Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly After performing the Print Head Cleaning print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice Ink may have run out Replace the FINE cartridge When
225. d information If a warning or error related to the remaining ink amount occurs a notification icon is displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box In such cases take the appropriate action as described on the screen DJ Note e You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status Monitor Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 132 Checking the Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 133 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel Note e The ink level detector is mounted on the machine to detect the remaining ink level The machine considers as ink is full when a new FINE cartridge is installed and then starts to detect a remaining ink level If you install a used FINE cartridge the indicated ink level of it may not be correct In such case refer to the ink level information only as a guide e When remaining ink cautions or errors occur the ink lamps and the Alarm lamp will flash to inform you of the error Count the number of flashes and take appropriate action If an Error Occurs In the copy standby mode you can check the ink status with the Color Ink lamp and Black Ink lamp All the lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the
226. d on the machine entering the password is required to connect an external device to the machine via wireless LAN Enter the password specified for the machine 2 Start printing or scanning from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone DJ Note e For details on how to print or scan from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone via wireless LAN refer to the device s or application s instruction manual How to terminate the Access Point Mode In environments that the machine is connected with the computer over the wireless LAN usually set the machine to the wireless LAN connection following the procedure below when you finish using the machine with the access point mode temporarily 1 Press and hold the Wi Fi button until the Alarm lamp flashes 4 times 2 Release the Wi Fi button When the ON lamp changed from flashing to lit the wireless LAN mode is enabled D gt Note If you do not use the machine with the access point mode or over the wireless LAN Follow the procedure below to disable the access point mode and the wireless LAN 1 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 18 times 2 Release the Stop button 3 Press the Black button The Wi Fi lamp goes off Setting of the Access Point Mode The initial value of the access point mode is set as follows SSID access point name XXXXXX MG2900series XXXXXxX is the last six digits of MAC address of the machine Security s
227. d the document to be scanned DJ Note e Cover the document with black cloth if white spots streaks or colored patterns appear in scan results due to ambient light entering between the document and the Platen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 537 e If the shadow is not corrected properly adjust the cropping frame scan area on the preview image Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 538 Color Adjustment Buttons The Color Adjustment Buttons allow you to make fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones including adjustments to the image s overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values histogram or balance tone curve 3 Important e The Color Adjustment Buttons are not available when you select Color Matching on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box 3J Note e Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings e When you adjust the image via the Color Adjustment Buttons the results will be reflected in the preview image Click a Color Adjustment Button to set the following items Saturation Color Balance Adjust the saturation vividness and color tone of the image Use this function to brighten colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors Adjusting Saturat
228. data formats are automatically applied according to the item type when saving Photos postcards BD DVD CD and business cards JPEG Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 440 e Magazines newspapers and documents PDF Important The save format may differ depending on how you place the item Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note iY PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the A General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You
229. degrees GP Porter Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Tiing Poster 4 Pian P Le a Catenion Nomalcize Ftto Page Long ede saping Leh r 1 01 333 gi V Port tom Last Page 3 Note e Click the deleted pages to display them again e Right click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages 2 Complete the setup After completing the page selection click OK When you execute print only specified pages will be printed gt Important e Since tiling poster printing enlarges the document when printing it the print results may become coarse Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 293 Booklet Printing The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet Data is printed on both sides of the paper This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly in page number order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center The procedure for performing booklet printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set booklet printing Select Booklet from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the window Quick Sep Man Page Sedo Martenance EEN Pope Sze Letier 85 11 22280m A Pora AJC n B Rotate 180 degrees A Letier 8 5 x11 22280m Pian Paper Letter 8 511 22280m 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the
230. dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the printer becomes a concern such when printing at night Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting DJ Note If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status Custom Settings Opens the Custom Settings dialog box Perform this function to change the settings of this printer Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer View Print History This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview and displays the print history Note e You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver View Printer Status Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 378 J Note e If you are using the XPS printer driver the Canon IJ Status Monitor becomes the Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor About Opens the About dialog box The version of the printer driver plus a copyrigh
231. display and check the print result before printing The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Pian Paper Letter 8 5 11 22280m l 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the Canon IJ Preview opens and displays the print results 33 Important In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box the Color Adjustment tab contains the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box When this check box is selected the Preview before printing appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topic Canon IJ Preview Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 308 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size Such a paper size is called custom size The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select Custom for Page Size on the Page Setup tab cy Page Layo Tiing Poster gt V Atoenatically reduce large documert that the perter cart otot Cl Ouples Parting Manus Stapling Sde Long ide saping Leh P 1 gt 0 333
232. djustment tab and adjust Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 6 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 326 Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color it changes the total color balance of the document Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform No adjustment Adjust color balance The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Inten
233. dow 2 Click Print Options on the Page Setup tab Quick Sep Man Page Sen Martenance EN Foge Sze Letier 8 5x11 22280m El Onertation A Pora A OUungcpe Rotate 180 degrees A Sane as Page Size Page Layout Nomasire ma d mT D 9 a a FTE Nomalsize FitoPage Scaled Page Layout T ng Poster lt gt l Vi Actceatically reduce large documert that the perter canret oufpt C Ouples Parting Manus Stapling Side Leng ade sapling Lett 7 Y V Collate e on Cona teow _ _tete 1 1 595 i EF Port trom Last Page The Print Options dialog box opens Disable ICM regres ton the apokeston software Dssable the color profile setting of the appbcaton software _ Ungroup Papers C Og net allow appkcation software to compress pert data C Prive ster creating pert data by page Prevention of Print Data Loss oF Una of Port Data Processing Recommended a 3J Note e When you use the XPS printer driver the functions available to you are different 3 Change the individual settings If necessary change the setting of each item and then click OK The Page Setup tab is displayed again Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 165 Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a pri
234. dow Correct slanted text document and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image appear Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability 339 Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 444 Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e Use ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Shadow Correction for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text an
235. dvice immediately Clear Ink contains nitrate salts For models containing Clear Ink In case ink gets in contact with eyes rinse with water immediately In case ink gets in contact with skin wash with soap and water immediately If irritation to eyes or skin persists obtain medical advice immediately Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head ink tanks and FINE Cartridges Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 85 Regulatory and Safety Information For models containing lithium battery e Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations e Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type Users in the U S A FCC Notice U S A Only For 120V 60Hz model Model Number K10405 Contains FCC ID AZDK30357 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interf
236. e is selected in the Print dialog box Note To make the machine the one selected by default select Set as Default Printer Configure the printer port appropriately Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately 1 Log on as a user account with administrator privilege 2 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from the Start menu In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 607 3 Open the properties of the printer driver for the machine e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 or Windows 7 right click the Canon XXX Printer icon where XXX is your machine s name then select Printer properties e In Windows Vista or Windows XP right click the Canon XXX Printer icon where XXX is your machine s name then select Properties 4 Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX Printer appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s D Note When the machine is used over LAN the port name of the machine is dis
237. e MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM install them from our website D gt Note If the CD ROM icon is not displayed try the following e Remove the CD ROM from your computer then insert it again e Restart your computer If the icon is not yet displayed try different discs and see if they are displayed If other discs are displayed there is a problem with the Setup CD ROM In this case contact the service center If you are unable to proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen Printer Connection Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer and turn on the printer STEP 3 a Z 8 Setup a f Printer Connection X RN gt ere j Print Head Alignment eee A Completion a STEP 4 Information S a The printer is not detected Check the connection Cancel Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 660 J Note The printer is not detected Check the connection may be displayed depending on the computer you use Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the machine and the computer Follow the procedure below to connect the machine and the computer again 1 Turn the machine off 2 Unplug the USB cable from the machine and the computer then connect it again 3 Turn the machine on If you cannot resolve the problem follow the procedure below to reinstall the MP Drivers 1 Click Cancel 2 Click Start Over on the Installation Failure screen
238. e Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network To mount the card slot as the network drive follow the procedure below 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot of the machine 2 Start up IJ Network Tool 3 Select the machine in Printers 4 Select Maintenance on the Settings menu 5 Click Setup Setting intialization To retum the printer settings to the factory defaults cick Initialize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup eru Cancel Instructions OK 6 Specify the drive letter then click OK Map the card siot as a network deve to this computer Specfy the deve letter and cick OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 245 7 Make sure that the card slot is mounted When the card slot is mounted the following icon appears on Computer or My Computer gt canon_memory Iy o Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network The card slot can be shared by multiple computers if the machine is connected to a network Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time However while one computer is writing a file into a memory card other computers cannot access the same file If your computer joins a domain the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files a large amount of card access may be generated In
239. e Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice Ink may have run out Replace the FINE cartridge Perform Print Head Alignment Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 629 Aligning the Print Head D gt Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 630 Ink Is Not Ejected When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink replace it with a new one ee Is the FINE cartridge installed properly If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely ink may not be ejected correctly Retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray open the cover then remove the FINE cartridges Then install the FINE cartridges again Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly close the cover Are the print head nozzles clogged Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning a
240. e Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 145 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print even though there is enough ink The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning 3 Execute cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Print head cleaning starts 4 Complete cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem clean it once more Important e Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Deep Cleaning Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem 1 Open the p
241. e Sie Letter 8 5x11 22280m 4 Orientation A Pora AJ J Fetste 180 degrees CRP Prea Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Page Layout is id g g Pisin P paar 228m Nomasize FttoPage Sosed c Cl Duplex Parting Manusi Stapling Sde Leng cide taping Top 2 1 01 333 GJ Z Port bom Last Page V Colate Pact Options Stamp Background ox Coes tr 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box and click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 289 Pages To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper select the number of pages from the list Page Order To change the page arrangement order select a placement method from the list Page Border To print a page border around each document page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 290 Tiling Poster Printing The tiling poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data divide it into several pages and print these pages on separate sheets of paper You can also p
242. e cropped document size is displayed after preview In whole image view the Paper Size is displayed before preview and the cropping frame scan area size is displayed after preview You can adjust the cropping frame size by entering the values into Width and Height Click ia Change Aspect Ratio and change it to l Keep Aspect Ratio to maintain the aspect ratio when you specify the cropping frame size Important e Input size settings are available only when Output Size in Output Settings is Flexible If you select a size other than Flexible a cropping frame calculated from Output Size and Output Resolution is displayed and its aspect ratio is fixed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 529 Note e The values you can enter will be within the range of the selected document size The minimum size is 96 pixels x 96 pixels when Output Resolution is 600 dpi scaled at 100 When Auto Crop is performed in whole image view the aspect ratio will not be maintained since the size will be prioritized e Refer to Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear for details on cropping frames Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 530 Output Settings Output Settings allows you to set the following items Output Resolution Select the resolution to scan at The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Select a resolution from the options displayed by clicking the button or
243. e est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d exposition aux rayonnements nonc es pour un environnement non contr l et respecte les r gles d exposition aux fr quences radio lectriques RF CNR 102 de l IC Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps a l exception des extr mit s mains poignets pieds et chevilles Users in Jordan This printer contains WLAN Module approved by TRC LPD 2013 130 Name of WLAN Module K30357 Only for European Union and EEA Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein pi This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the WEEE Directive 2012 19 EU and national legislation This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g on an authorized one for one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling
244. e function as the Start Printing on the toolbar Cancel Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function as the Cancel Printing on the toolbar Exit Ends the Canon IJ Preview Page Menu This menu includes the following commands to select page to be displayed All of these commands except Page Selection can also be selected from the toolbar DJ Note e If the pages are being spooled the last spooled page becomes the last page If the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is specified to Page Layout Tiling Poster or Booklet the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 383 e If duplex printing manually has been set the front pages which will be printed first are all displayed together and then the back pages are displayed First Page Displays the first page of the document If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the las
245. e items that you should check before installing the MP Drivers You should also refer to this section if the MP Drivers cannot be installed Checking the Printer Status Turn off the printer Checking the Personal Computer Settings e Terminate all running applications Log on as a user who has the administrator account Important e Before installing the latest MP Drivers delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 399 Installing the MP Drivers You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for your model The procedure for installing the downloaded MP Drivers is as follows 1 Turn off the printer 2 Start the installer Double click the icon of the downloaded file The installation program starts Important e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 3 Install the MP Drivers
246. e machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 737
247. e machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 704 5100 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the FINE cartridge holder from moving If any remove the materials e Confirm that the FINE cartridges are installed properly Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 33 Important When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the FINE cartridge holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A If the paper or your hands touch the clear film and blot or scratch it the machine can be damaged Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 705 5200 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 706 5400 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unp
248. e next IP address 1 Network Type Displays the wireless LAN mode currently selected Infrastructure Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with an access point Access point mode Connects external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets to the printer using it as an access point Note e When Access point mode is displayed on Network Type you cannot change the settings on the Wireless LAN sheet or the Admin Password sheet e You can perform setting from Set up printer s wireless LAN on the Settings menu when you use the printer with the access point mode Depending on the printer you are using you can change the settings using the operation panel 2 SSID The network name SSID of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed In the access point mode the access point name SSID of the printer is displayed As the initial settings the unique value is displayed Note Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 213 3 Search The Search screen is displayed to select an access point to connect to Search Screen DJ Note e When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN the button is grayed out and cannot be selected Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings 4 Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wire
249. e on the Booklet Printing dialog box You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet Margin for stapling Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled Insert blank page Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page Check this check box to print the page border line Specify Margin dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled If a document does not fit on one page the document is reduced when printed Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin Print Options dialog box Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 369 Disable ICM required from the application software Disables the ICM function required from the application software When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data unexpected colors may be produced or the printing speed may de
250. e same size when scanning two or more documents e Refer to Originals You Can Load for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF 1 Open the document tray Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 552 2 Place the documents on the ADF then adjust the document guides to the width of the documents Insert the documents face up until a beep sounds 3J Note e When scanning duplex documents place the front sides facing up They will not be scanned in the correct page order if placed the other way around Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 553 Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Cropping is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it On the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab you can specify cropping frames scan areas on the image s displayed in the Preview area of the screen When you perform a scan each area specified with a cropping frame will be scanned as a separate image DJ Note e In whole image view you can specify multiple cropping frames on the preview image e Refer to Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with IJ Scan Utility Initial Cropping Frame In thumbnail view No cropping frame is specified You can drag the mouse over a thumbnail to specify a cropping frame
251. e scanned correctly 99 Important e Do not place objects on the document cover When you open the document cover the objects may fall into your scanner or printer resulting in malfunction e Close the document cover when scanning e Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD Liquid Crystal Display when opening closing the document cover May result in unintended operation Placing Items Platen Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder Placing Items Platen Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically Important e When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear scanner driver align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected For Photos Postcards Business Cards or BD DVD CD For Magazines Newspapers or Documents whe 4 Placing a Single Item Place the item face down on the platen and align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned Place the item face down on the platen with 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen
252. e to connect the USB cable properly Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running Make sure that Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 656 FINE Cartridge Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing Is the ON lamp off Check if the ON lamp is lit The FINE cartridge holder will not move unless the power is on If the ON lamp is off close the cover and turn the machine on Is the Alarm lamp flashing Close the cover confirm the number of times the Alarm lamp is flashing take the appropriate action to resolve the error and then reopen it For details on how to resolve the error see Support Code List GL Has the cover been left open for 10 minutes or longer If the cover is left open for more than 10 minutes the FINE cartridge holder moves to the position to protect it to prevent the print head from drying out Close and reopen the cover to return the FINE cartridge holder to the position for replacing Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time the FINE cartridge holder may not move to the position for replacing since the print head may overheat Note Do not open the cover while printing is in progress ot
253. e to malfunction Also place the machine where objects will not fall on it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 263 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off If you press the ON button to turn off the power the machine caps the print head nozzles automatically to prevent from drying If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet while the ON lamp is lit or flashing the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging When unplugging the power cord make sure that the ON lamp is not lit Print periodically Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time even if it is capped the print head too may become dried or clogged if the machine has not been used for a long time We recommend you to use the machine at least once a month Note e Depending on the type of paper ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint stick or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 264 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine When relocating the machine make sure of the following D Important e Pack the machine
254. ead alignment and manual head alignment The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens 3 Switch head alignment to manual Check the Align heads manually check box 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK 5 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 6 Load paper in the printer Load three sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray 7 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Follow the instruction in the message J Important e Do not open the cover while printing is in progress 8 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks or stripes in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable streaks or stripes are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 150 TT TTT TT UNTNNNIIIE TTT When you have entered all the necessary values click OK Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least notice
255. eaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 157 Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 158 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover gt Important e Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine With a soft clean lint free and dry cloth wipe the platen glass A and the inner side of the document cover white sheet B gently Make sure not to leave any
256. ear film and blot or scratch it the machine can be damaged 3 Make sure that the jammed paper is not under the FINE cartridge holder If the jammed paper is under the FINE cartridge holder move the FINE cartridge holder to the right edge or the left edge whichever is easier to remove the paper When you move the FINE cartridge holder hold the FINE cartridge holder and slide it slowly to the right edge or the left edge Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 680 6 Make sure that all the jammed paper is removed If the paper is torn a piece of paper may remain inside the machine Check the following and remove the piece of paper if it remains e Does the piece of paper remain under the FINE cartridge holder e Does the little piece of paper remain inside the machine Does the piece of paper remain in the right side or the left side space B inside the machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 681 7 Close the cover All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly If the message about paper jam is displayed on the computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper a piece of paper may remain inside the machine In this case confirm that no piece of paper remains inside the machine If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside
257. ear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 611 Copying Printing Stops Before It Is Completed Is the paper loaded Make sure that paper is loaded If the machine has run out of paper load paper Do the printing documents have lots of photographs or illustrations As printing large data such as photos or graphics takes time for the machine and the computer to process the machine may appear to have stopped operating In addition when printing data that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper the machine may pause temporarily In either case wait until the process is complete Note e If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document printing may pause to allow the ink to dry Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time the print head or other parts around it may overheat The machine may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing In this case wait for a while without operation If the printing still does not resume interrupt your print session at a convenient time and turn the machine off for at least 15 minutes Ay Caution e The print head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the machine Never touch the print head or nearby components If copying stops be
258. ear tray between A4 and Letter Switching the Page Size between A4 and Letter 4 Press the Color button for color copying or the Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts copying Remove the original on the platen glass after copying is complete To make multiple copies Press the Color button or the Black button repeatedly according to the number of copies you want Press the same button Color button or Black button as the one which you previously pressed 33 Important Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass until scanning is completed While the machine is scanning the original the ON lamp keeps flashing e If the original covers the whole page area B in the figure below cannot be printed A The direction in which the paper is ejected B Unprintable area For details on the printable area For A4 sized paper Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes For Letter sized paper Letter Legal Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 406 D gt Note e To cancel copying press the Stop button e To set the print quality to Draft speed priority You can set the print quality to Draft speed priority following the procedure below 1 Press and hold down the Color or Black button for 2 or more seconds in step 4 The ON lamp flashes once 2 Release the button The machine starts copying When the print quality is set to Draft print speed
259. ecify settings for page layout printing To apply the specified settings click Apply If the page layout print settings cannot be changed for the print document the individual items are grayed out and cannot be selected Manual Color Adjustment tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast options Cyan Magenta Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used which alters the total color balance of the document Use your application software if you want to change the total color balance significantly Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 392 Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print Pure white and black will not change but colors between white and black will change Intensity Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity You can al
260. ed Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 732 6946 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 733 B201 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 734 B202 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 735 B203 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 736 B204 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off th
261. ed install MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the web page Select your scanner or printer on the application s menu D Note e The operation may differ depending on the application Make sure that the application supports TWAIN You cannot start ScanGear scanner driver from applications not supporting TWAIN Exit ScanGear if it is running on another application Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 636 Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Check if you can properly scan one item Some applications do not support multiple image scanning In that case scan each item individually Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 637 Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Multiple items scanning may not be supported Some applications do not support multiple image scanning In that case scan each item individually Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 638 Slow Scanning Speed To view the image on a monitor set the output resolution to around 150 dpi To print set it to around 300 dpi Resolution Set Fading Correction Grain Correction etc to None Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details In IJ Scan Utility deselect the Correct slanted text document
262. ed Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection Connection Using an Access Point Make sure that a device and an access point or wireless network router are connected For details on how to check the settings refer to the manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer As for a device already connected to the printer without using an access point reconnect it via an access point The configuration router functions setup procedures and security settings of the network device vary depending on your system environment For details refer to the manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Check if your device supports IEEE802 11n 2 4 GHz IEEE802 11g or IEEE802 11b If your device is set to the IEEE802 11n only mode WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or change the setting to something other than IEEE802 11n only The connection between your device and the access point will be temporarily disabled while changing the setting Do not operate the screen of this guide until the setup is complete For office use consult your network administrator Take added care when connecting to a network that is not protected with security measures as there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Connection without Using an Access Point D Im
263. ed image on a printer Image display Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor OCR Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software OCR software is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be edited in word processors and other programs Output Size Select an output size Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 515 Flexible Allows you to freely adjust the cropping frames scan areas In thumbnail view Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame When a cropping frame is displayed the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned When no cropping frame is displayed each frame is scanned individually In whole image view When no cropping frame is displayed the entire Preview area will be scanned When a cropping frame is displayed the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned Paper Size L A4 etc Select an output paper size The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size of the selected paper size You can drag the cropping frame to enlarge reduce it while maintaining the aspect ratio Monitor Size 1024 x 768 pixels etc Select an output size in pixels A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will be displayed and the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned You can drag the cropping frame to enlarge reduce it while maintaining the aspec
264. educe moire in scans set Select Source to Magazine in the Settings Document Scan dialog box or Settings Custom Scan dialog box then click Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen 1 Scan Options Area Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type D Important The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Auto is selected The following
265. ee ee oe ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee 416 DCAM FPO O an bake Sader satnr eg ts SAO8 15 685 SPATS SS ee LS eee aeeeeers 417 Scanning with Favorite Settings whit we NPA PAE EEE TOT TR 418 Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch n n nannan naaa 419 Scanning Multiple Items at One Time ere ee ere reer Soest 423 Saving after Checking Scan Results dag ena eine GRia oo PASO RSs SANE S ERS ew OMDEHSe 426 Sending Scanned Images via E mail Ree rer ee ete ere re ee 429 Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR 0 6 06 essen eke eee eee ee eee aeons 432 Ul See UUN STII ac ai deh Gi nay gS leak oh ce cated id ca a EAN ig a pete nad ac dy 435 IJ Scan Utility Main SETSSNisa ache ess SAP268 ooo 0 aheO PART CRANE Sed PARE LO ear dee 436 Settings Dialog BOX 22 04 aakneda awd TEETE PPPOE TEPPET TEE TT legasi TE 2 438 Save Settings Dialog BOX is i0 6c cccexvw ere erdd aver a aveeaewne DuMee es ted eed 470 image SUCH WWINIOW crosier ferara ds Er aoa ee Ra Raed Rawae nee ada aed aud 473 Scanning with Application Software that You are Using ScanGear 0 000 e eee eee 478 What Is ScanGear Scanner Driver 0 0 00 cette ete 479 Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear Scanner Driver 00005 481 Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver Cee Tee ee er ee ee 482 Scanning in Basic Modas 24 04 5a409 9S S40 Raed aoe Pads 45 bose wade eeee
266. egal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images It may be unlawful to make copies of scan print or use reproductions of the following documents The list provided is non exhaustive When in doubt check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction Paper money Money orders Certificates of deposit Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Identifying badges or insignias Selective service or draft papers Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title Traveler s checks Food stamps Passports Immigration papers Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates Copyrighted works works of art without permission of copyright owner Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 266 Specifications General Specifications Printing resolution dpi 4800 horizontal x 600 vertical Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1 4800 inch at minimum Interface USB Port Hi Speed USB 1 LAN Port Wireless LAN IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b 2 1 A computer that complies with Hi Speed USB standard is required Since the Hi Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1 1 it can be used at USB 1 1 2 Setup possible through WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WCN Windows Connect Now or Cableless setup USB and LAN can be used at the same time Operating environment Temperature 41
267. el 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Maintenance tab click View Printer Status The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status Option ipkOetats Help Porter is orire Estimated irk levels Dm DJ Note e The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer e When you receive a notice about the remaining ink level a mark appears above the ink icon For example 9 The ink is running low Prepare a new ink cartridge 3 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information If a warning or error related to the remaining ink amount occurs a notification icon is displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box In such cases take the appropriate action as described on the screen DJ Note e You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status Monitor Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 347 Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages You can also change the media type settings When you want to display a
268. eleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers then reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or reinstall them from our website e Could not print Application name File name Try printing again once the current job is complete The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed If the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is installed a confirmation screen asking for permission to send the printer and application software usage information will be displayed every month for about ten years Read the instructions on the screen and follow the procedure below Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 671 Thank you for your cooperation in Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program For development and marketing of products that better meet customer needs Canon requests that the information below related to your Canon product be sent to Canon in case of using your Canon product in China to the legally approved research company through the Internet 1 Inforrration related to Canon inkjet printer scanner fax Computer s OS version language and display setting information Device driver and application software usage logs 2 Inforrration related to Canon inkjet printer fax Printer s ID number installation date and time ink use information number of sheets printed and maintenance information If your Canon product is shared for use collective information recorded in the shared prod
269. em is not resolved reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or install them from our website Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced Restart your computer if you are printing from the computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 608 Paper Jams When paper is jammed the Alarm lamp flashes and a troubleshooting message is displayed on the computer screen automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message For details on how to remove the jammed paper refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 2 Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 609 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Make sure that paper is loaded Loading Paper Make sure of the following when you load paper e When loading two or more sheets of paper align the edges of the sheets before loading e When loading two or more sheets of paper make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit However proper feeding of paper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or envir
270. emplate printing service belongs to their respective owners Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters displayed on the web template printing service Except as otherwise permitted please see 2 below copying modifying or distributing all or a portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of the respective rights Rights of Publicity and Copyright holder is strictly prohibited 2 All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for personal and non commercial purposes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 37 Use PIXMA Cloud Link By using PIXMA Cloud Link you can connect your printer to a cloud service such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Evernote or Twitter and use the following functions from your printer or from the web browser on your smartphone tablet or computer e Print images from a photo sharing service e Print documents from a data management service e Use Twitter to report the printer status such as no paper or low ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer gt Important e In certain countries PIXMA Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different Some apps require that you have a
271. en you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed a description of that function is displayed To enable a function check the corresponding check box For some functions you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs Important Depending on the printing profiles certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to change them 2 on 1 Printing Prints two pages of the document side by side on one sheet of paper To change the page sequence click the Page Setup tab select Page Layout for Page Layout and click Specify Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears specify the Page Order Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 354 4 on 1 Printing Prints four pages of the document side by side on one sheet of paper To change the page sequence click the Page Setup tab select Page Layout for Page Layout and click Specify Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears specify the Page Order Duplex Printing Manual Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper To change the staple side or the margins set the new values from the Page Setup tab Grayscale Printing This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed
272. ending on the printer you are using e When using the machine over the wired LAN you cannot monitor network status 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Status from the View menu The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance 3 Important If the indicated value is low move your printer closer to the wireless network device 4 If you measure the connection performance in detail click Advanced Measurement The Connection Performance Measurement screen is displayed 5 Click Next gt The measurement starts and the status displays Measurement takes a few minutes Check that the printer is tumed on and click Next When the connection peormance is poor place the printer closer to the access point and remove any interfeang objects between them Poor comection wil cause unstable operation such as slow panting Rwil take a couple of minutes to measure the connection perfomance You can cancel the operation while the measurement is in progress Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 202 6 Check the status When the measurement is complete the status is displayed The results are as follows Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point coos Cick Remeasuremert to measure the performance again When is displayed in Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Poi
273. ent Feeder in Advanced Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 527 Input Settings Input Settings Select Source Dooument ADF Sampie Paper Sre Letter Oga renun cm Color Mode OULU Reou Data Soe Image Settings Drage Acuttrert Rede Show frough Urcharp Mask gt Descreen Rese Ast ond Scenes Gran Correcton la Input Settings allows you to set the following items Select Source The type of document to be scanned is displayed To scan from the Platen select Platen to scan from the ADF Auto Document Feeder select Document ADF Simplex or Document ADF Duplex Important e Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF For details refer to the application s manual D gt Note You can select Document ADF Duplex when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning Paper Size Select the size of the document to be scanned This setting is available in whole image view only When scanning both sides of the documents automatically from the ADF select A4 or Letter When you select a size the Preview area size changes accordingly 592 Important e Some applications have a limit to the amount of scan data they can receive Available scan range is as follows e 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels or less If you change Paper Size after previewing the preview image will be deleted Note e If you are not sure which size you should select for Paper Size set Pa
274. ent list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon lJ XPS Preview closes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 393 Canon IJ Status Monitor Description The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the status of the printer and the printing progress The monitor uses graphics icons and messages to let you know the printer status Option ink Details Help Prirting daa Estimated ink levels Documert Name Test Page ace a Color Black al Displry Part Queue Cancel Brrting Canon IJ Status Monitor Features The Canon lJ Status Monitor offers the following advantages You can check the status of the printer on the screen The status of the printer is shown on the screen in real time You can check the printing progress of each printing document print job Error types and solutions are shown on the screen Shown when a printer error occurs You can immediately check how to respond You can check the ink status This function displays graphics showing the FINE cartridge type and the estimated ink levels Icons and messages are displayed when ink is running low ink level warning Canon IJ Status Monitor Overview Canon IJ Status Monitor allows you to check the status of the printer and ink with graphics and messages You can check the information on the printing document and the printing progress during printing When a printer error occurs it shows the cause and s
275. ent selected in the document list becomes the target for preview display and editing Document Name Displays the name of the print document If you click the name of the selected print document a text box is displayed and you can rename the document to any name Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 39 Pages Displays the number of pages in the print document J Important The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different e To check the output page count check the status bar at the bottom of the preview window Status Displays the status of the print documents Documents that are undergoing data processing are displayed as Processing data Important e Documents showing Processing data cannot be printed or edited Wait until the data processing ends Print Settings Area Screen Allows you to check and change the print settings of the documents selected in the document list Print Settings Area is displayed on the right side of the preview window Page Information tab The print settings are displayed for each page You can change the media type and paper source settings Printer Paper Size Displays the paper size of the document to be printed Media Type Allows you to select the media type of the document to be printed Paper Source Allows you to select the paper source of the document to be printed Page Layout Displays the page layout of the document to be printed Layout tab You can sp
276. ent window Adjusting Threshold The brightness of color and grayscale images is expressed in a value between 0 and 255 However in creating black and white images all colors are mapped to either black 0 or white 255 Threshold is the borderline value that determines a color as black or white Move Slider to the right to increase the threshold value and thus increase the black areas Move the slider to the left to decrease the value and thus increase the white areas You can also enter a value 0 to 255 Threshold Level 128 f Light Dark Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 512 ScanGear Scanner Driver Screens gt Basic Mode Tab gt Advanced Mode Tab Input Settings Output Settings Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons Preferences Dialog Box Scanner Tab Preview Tab Scan Tab Color Settings Tab Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 513 Basic Mode Tab This mode allows you to scan easily by following the on screen steps This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 2 Toolbar 3 Preview Area gt Note e The displayed items vary by document type and view e The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF Auto Document Feeder 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Select Source Photo Color Scan color photos Magazine Color Scan colo
277. er specify the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu The default save folders are as follows Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 464 e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages D gt Note When PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected images up to 9600 pixels x 9600 pixels can be scanned e When the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings or when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears only when PDF or
278. er RANERGuea eRe So ears 335 Adjusting Contrast EAR T EENT ee ree Mena o nate aed Fauna uae agaa Or Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 339 Ove view of the Printer DIVE lt i jccscd echo dash oeeetaeesds eeha dau beebdeeenSeseu 343 Canon U Printer Divers 244360449 seae sar nedes ee Baar ia soceeeheGelactandeges 344 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window EEUN Agee ke eetend Ooo Canon Status MONI 02440 esas eee rinse denecdgnadiglaadeagiebaauencenes 346 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Sei ees a acess 132 Canon Preview 225 s 0 24 090366 45 4 ate Sedu pala Gaa we Paw eee Baas Eee Be 348 Deleting the Undesired Print Job ee eee er ee eer cane R jansten S49 Instructions for Use Printer Driver 2420 e 0cecdaa eec0e4n 0e4e0ee000 84420844 350 Printer Diver Desc 25 teaekaanedeeeeadsoks acids peace hada honerhe tee das 352 Quick Setup tab Desci serso oor aSoewres be ieaees oie deeses esas deeas wed 353 Main tab Description Cre re eee TEPE LEE PETEERE EET SEERE sapa 359 Page Setup tab Description 226424202 nresae irira ia eaa aa aad 365 Maintenance tab Description ETET PEIEE PR AA EAS 376 Canon IJ Preview Description ccsc92544 425449 eb 0248449 iabea iira ea Re a 383 Canon IJ XPS Preview Description E TO EEE ack a Caena TET LkGeees aie BOO Canon IJ Status Monitor Descniption lt 24 i3 44
279. erence in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment FCC ID AZDK30357 Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate equipment This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter The equipment complies wi
280. es and or other countries Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemthle FineArt GmbH Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Canon Inc Note The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Copyright c 2003 2004 Apple Computer Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of Apple Computer Inc Apple nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR
281. es you to specify the output size and make image corrections when scanning ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with a standard interface called TWAIN ScanGear is a TWAIN compatible driver What You Can Do with This Software This software enables you to preview scan results or set document type and output size etc when scanning documents It is useful when you want to scan in a specific color tone as it allows you to make various corrections and adjust brightness contrast etc Screens There are two modes Basic Mode and Advanced Mode Switch modes by clicking a tab on the upper right of the screen Basic Mode advanced Mode 3J Note e ScanGear starts in the last used mode e Settings are not retained when you switch modes Basic Mode Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on screen steps 1 and Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 479 Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode output resolution image brightness color tone etc when scanning Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 480 Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear Scanner Driver Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Dri
282. etting WPA2 PSK AES Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 178 Serial number of the machine D gt Note e To confirm the MAC address of the machine print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information e You can change the security setting and the password using IJ Network Tool If you change the access point mode setting of the machine also change the access point setting of the external device such as a computer or a smartphone Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 179 Initializing the Machine Settings You can initialize the machine settings Important e When using the machine over wireless LAN note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine and printing operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Follow the procedure below to initialize the machine settings 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 21 times 3 Release the Stop button All the machine settings are initialized The administrator password specified by IJ Network Tool reverts to the default setting Note e You cannot initialize the current position of the print head Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 180 Disabling the Wireless LAN Function of the Machine
283. ettings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution gt Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto e Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 454 Image Processing Settings Click _ _ Plus to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source When Select Source is Auto Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type Important The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function When Select Source is Photo Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image When Select Source is Magazine or Document J Note e When Color Mode is Black and White only Reduce gutter shadow Correct slanted text document and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image appear Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability 33 Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due
284. etup and communications depending on the firewall settings In this case either change the firewall settings or assign a fixed IP address to the printer An IP address can be set using IJ Network Tool Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet When assigning a fixed IP address to the printer you will need to specify an IP address with which the computer can communicate Note e For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 256 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink gt Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Storing Printed Images Machine Handling Precautions Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 257 Useful Information about Ink How is ink used for various purposes other than printing Ink may be used for purposes other than printing Ink is not only used for printing but also for cleaning the print head to maintain the optimal printing quality The machine has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging In the cleaning procedure ink
285. evice Paper jam Select Stop in the display on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to stop printing Remove the jammed paper load new paper press the Color button or the Black button on the machine then try printing again Printer cover open Close the cover on the machine No print head Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error f an Error Occurs Waste tank full Ink absorber full The ink absorber is nearly full Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error f an Error Occurs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 674 No ink Ink cassette error Hardware Error Printer error Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 675 Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error f an Error Occurs Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error f an Error Occurs An error requiring servicing may have occurred Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center If You Cannot Resolve the Problem If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter
286. f Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 320 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose Color Management Devices such as digital cameras scanners monitors and printers handle color differently Color management color matching is a method that manages device dependent colors as a common color space For Windows a color management system called ICM is built into the operating system Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces Adobe RGB has a wider color space than sRGB ICC profiles convert device dependent colors into a common color space By using an ICC profile and carrying out color management you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color reproduction area that the printer can express Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data The recommended printing method depends on the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data or the application software to be used There are two typical printing methods Check the color space Adobe RG
287. f JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Downloaded from Manu
288. f you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of time or not at all Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 88 Energy Star The Energy Star programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models which help to minimise environmental impact Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star programme for both environmental benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star logo accordingly Paper types This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper certified to an environmental stewardship scheme which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard In addition it can support printing on media down to a weight of 64g m2 lighter paper means less resources used and a lower environmental footprint for your printing needs Regulatory Model Code RMC is for identification and proof that the product complies with the regulations Please note that RMC is different from the marketing model number of the product ob oN Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 89 Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Machine
289. fies the Width and the Height of the custom paper Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper the page order and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Pages Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet Page Order Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page Check this check box to print the page border line Tiling Poster Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings of the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box You can check what the print result will look like Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x horizontal As the number of divisions increases the n
290. figure below for explanatory purposes A Alarm lamp B Black Ink lamp C Color Ink lamp Color Ink lamp or Black Ink lamp lights The ink is running low Prepare a new ink cartridge Color Ink lamp or Black Ink lamp flashes while Alarm lamp flashes An error has occurred If an Error Occurs For some types of errors the Alarm lamp may not flash D gt Note e You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 134 Maintenance When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 135 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Maintenance Procedure gt Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Aligning the Print Head Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 136 Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred colors are not printed correctly or print results are unsatisfactory e g misaligned printed ruled lines perform the maintenance procedure below 33 Important Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge DJ Note e Check if ink remains in the FINE cartridge Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation
291. first page only Stamp Tab The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file bmp to be used for a stamp Preview Window Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab Stamp Type Specifies the stamp type Select Text to create a stamp with characters Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file Select Date Time User Name to display the creation date time and user name of the printed document The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type When Stamp Type is Text or Date Time User Name Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 372 Stamp Text Specifies the stamp text string Up to 64 characters can be entered For Date Time User Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text Important Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date Time User Name is selected TrueType Font Selects the font for the stamp text string Style Selects the font style for the stamp text string Size Selects the font size for the stamp text string Outline Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string If a large font size is selected for Size characters may extend outside of the stamp border Color Select Color Shows the current color for the stamp To select a different color click Select Color to open the Color dialog box and select or create a color you wish to use as a stamp When Stamp Type is Bitmap File Specifies t
292. fore it is completed try to copy again If a certain time passes after some errors occurred while copying the machine stops the operation Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 612 Problems with Printing Quality Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 613 Print Results Not Satisfactory If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks misaligned lines or uneven colors confirm the paper and print quality settings first CG4 Do the page size and media type settings match the size and type of the loaded paper When these settings are incorrect you cannot obtain a proper print result If you are printing a photograph or an illustration incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the printout color Also if you print with an incorrect paper type setting the printed surface may be scratched The method of confirming the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you do with your machine To print from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Confirm by using your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device compliant device About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings To print from a computer Confirm by using the printer driver Printing with Easy Setup Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected referring to the table in Check 1 Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for pri
293. form WPA PSK authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value e WPA2 Security framework released by the Wi Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard AES e Authentication WPA2 defines the following authentication methods PSK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA2 802 1x that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA2 PSK e Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2 PSK authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 253 e WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi Fi Protected Setup PIN entry a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration PBC an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 254 Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems you should set a network key WEP or WPA WPA2 to the access point to encrypt wireless transmission Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi Fi standa
294. from App Store and Google Play Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 81 Printing with Windows RT When you use Windows RT printing is easy because you simply connect this printer to the network For information about connecting to the network see the setup URL http www canon comi ijsetup for using this product from your computer smartphone or tablet device When the connection is complete the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software which allows you to specify detailed print settings is downloaded automatically By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 82 Overview of the Machine Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Machine Loading Paper Originals Loading Paper Loading Originals Replacing a FINE Cartridge Replacing a FINE Cartridge Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status Maintenance When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Machine Changing the Machine Settings Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel
295. from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 410 Scanning with IJ Scan Utility gt What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software Starting IJ Scan Utility gt Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Basic Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch Scanning Multiple Items at One Time Saving after Checking Scan Results Sending Scanned Images via E mail Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR IJ Scan Utility Screens Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 41 What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents photos etc You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ Scan Utility main screen What You Can Do with IJ Scan Utility Scan Easily according to Purposes You can scan by simply clicking an icon such as Auto to scan easily Document to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability or Photo to scan with settings suitable for photos according to the item type or your purpose Note e Refer to IJ Scan Utility Main Screen for details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen Save Scanned Images Automatically Scanned images are automatically saved in a preset folder You can change the folder as required J Note The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Docume
296. from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 727 6941 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 728 6942 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 729 6943 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 730 6944 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 731 6945 Cause Printer error has occurr
297. g enable JavaScript and cookies e If you use the zoom function or change the font size on your browser the web pages may not display correctly e If you use the translation function of Google Chrome the web pages may not display correctly e If you use a proxy server outside of your country the service may not be able to determine the correct region Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 41 e In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be released For confirmation instructions contact the network administrator Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 42 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register the user information 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet gt Important e To use this function you must connect this printer to the Internet 2 Remote UI startup 3 Select IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Register with this service 4 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and run the authentication 5 When the printer registration screen is displayed select Create new account Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer m Y 6 Enter the E mail address of the printer s owner and then select OK The registration page URL is sent
298. g the power cord then wipe the paper feed rollers the center roller and the right roller A located inside the rear tray with a moistened cotton swab or the like while rotating them manually Do not touch the rollers with your fingers Rotate the rollers two or more times After cleaning the paper feed rollers turn on the power then clean the paper feed rollers again If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed rollers contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 160 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Remove stains from the inside of the machine If the inside of the machine becomes dirty printed paper may get dirty so we recommend performing cleaning regularly You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper Be sure to use a new piece of paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and remove any paper from the rear tray 2 Prepare paper 1 Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in half widthwise then unfold the paper 2 Load only this sheet of paper in the rear tray with the open side facing you 3 Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension 3 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes eight times then release it immediately The paper cleans the inside of the machine as it feeds through the machine Check the folded parts of the ejected paper If they are smudged with ink perf
299. g Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance When you change the color balance or intensity contrast of a document the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the color balance while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Sagded Custom Pisin Paper Leter 85x11 22280m Ago Harus J Grayscale Prrting l Preview betore panting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click Pattern Print preferences Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 329 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Ronderd v C Mew Color Paten 4 Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens set the following items and then click OK ror Magerta Yabu ptensty Cortrot Letter 85x11 22x25cm Some as Page Sre v Urge Medum Parameters to Adjust Select Cyan Magenta Yellow 3 Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Printer Paper Size Select the paper si
300. ge printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer Display update date time of the printer information Mng printer Updated date May 1 2014 5 01 AM le series Copy apps Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 51 This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras f the screen shown below appears Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series 4 series Cancel Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name D gt Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers series Copy apps Add printer Select this to add printers
301. ged the pattern printing function prints a list of the adjustment results along with the adjustment values Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment Pattern Print preferences Check Print a pattern for color adjustment to enable this button The Pattern Print dialog box opens and allows you to set pattern printing settings Pattern Print dialog box Performs the setup for printing of patterns that allow you to check the color balance and intensity contrast of documents Parameters to Adjust Select the item to be checked by pattern printing Cyan Magenta Yellow Prints a pattern that allows you to check the cyan magenta yellow balance Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Intensity Contrast Prints a pattern that allows you to check the intensity contrast balance Printer Paper Size Selects the paper size to be used for pattern printing This setting is linked to Printer Paper Size on the Page Setup tab J Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Sets the number of patterns to be printed You can select from Largest Large and Small When you select a pattern size the number of patterns that can be printed is as follows Note e Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output pape
302. gs in the displayed screen to the default settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 463 Settings ScanGear Dialog Box Click ScanGear on the Le Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings ScanGear dialog box In the Settings ScanGear dialog box you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting ScanGear scanner driver and how to respond after saving them Fie Name Save in Dats Format JPEG Image Quality C Save to a subfolder with current date C Enable kage image scans C Check sean results Applicaton Settings Open with an appication UG Canon My Image Garden O Send to an appiication D Preview Send to a folder None C Attach to emai A None Attach Manually Ostet ocr lt Output to Text C Do not start any application 1 Save Settings Area 2 Application Settings Area gt Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the fold
303. gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto Important e When Auto is selected the save format may differ depending on how you place the item Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White e When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you cannot select PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto Note Auto appears only when Auto is selected for Select Source e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif or A
304. h Contribution s was submitted If You institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed 4 Redistribution You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium with or without modifications and in Source or Object form provided that You meet the following conditions 1 You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License and 2 You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files and 3 You must retain in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute all copyright patent trademark and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works and 4 If the Work includes a NOTICE text file as part of its distribution then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Deriva
305. he instructions on our website For placement Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the machine D gt Note When you connect the machine to a Windows XP computer by cableless setup Follow the procedure below to perform settings of the machine and the computer 1 Enable the access point mode of the machine 2 Right click the Wireless Network Connections icon on the notification area on the desktop then click View Available Wireless Networks 3 Select the network name on the screen displayed then click Connect Select XXXXXX MGXXXxXseries XX represents alphanumeric characters as the network name 4 Enter the network key on the screen displayed then click Connect As a default the serial number of the machine is used as a network key Confirm the serial number on the rear of the machine 5 Perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Cannot Communicate with the Machine Using the Access Point Mode Make sure that the machine is turned on Is the access point mode disabled Enable the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 18 times Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 586 2 Release the Stop button 3 Press the Color button The Wi Fi lamp lights up 4 Press and hold the Wi Fi button until the POWER lamp flashes 3 times 5 Release the
306. he Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box and Document or Magazine is selected for Image Adjustment Unsharp Mask Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image when scanning photos OFF Unsharp Mask will not be applied ON Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image It is recommended that you normally select this setting Descreen Printed photos and pictures are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Descreen is the function for reducing this moire effect OFF Moire will not be reduced ON Reduces moire It is recommended that you normally select this setting J Note Even if Descreen is set to ON some moire effects may remain if Unsharp Mask is set to ON In that case set Unsharp Mask to OFF Reduce Dust and Scratches Scanned photos may contain white dots caused by dust or scratches Use this function to reduce such noise None Dust and scratches will not be reduced Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 535 Low Select this to reduce small dust particles and scratches Large ones may remain Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches however evidence of the reduction process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed Important
307. he FINE cartridge compatible with the machine is installed Then install the FINE cartridges again Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place After installing close the cover Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 694 1700 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the machine s Black or Color button to continue printing Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 695 1701 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the machine s Black or Color button to continue printing Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 696 1890 Cause The protective material for the FINE cartridge holder or the tape may remain attached to the holder Action Make sure that the protective material or the tape does not remain attached to the FINE cartridge holder If you find the protective material or the tape remains attached retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray to remove the protective material or the tape Pull down the tape to remove the protective material If the cover is open close it If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 697 2900 Cause Scanning the print head alignment sheet has failed Action Press the machine s Black or Color button to dismiss the error Check the following points perform Automatic Print Head
308. he Printin ad lt scccdseneee bit eked Ce be eee RASH EUAE ERE EHH E ESE SY 141 Cleaning the Print Head Desnlyics scancsdan ta aveendas Aaodoewat a a a a 142 Aligning We Pant Hedd oo s640 228 h04 rhe thhads Garda ead se dt dhe ewes da ahee se eaaas 143 Performing Maintenance from a COMpPUIEl nici didn sasamana aea vee aa ies wales Ana d A 145 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer 2 0 2 4 06005040 ees see eeeeeb be eee hee edeg 146 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollersfrom Your Computer 000202 cece eeeee 148 Aligning the Print Head s 20 ceases ce eneern es dees ROOT ECE REE EERO ERR Oe eee 149 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer 5 000 60006004 dec eb ee eens 150 Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your Computer 00005 154 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 020000 ce eee eae 155 Cleaning Inside the Printer eee ee ee eee weer aad ee a ree rer a barat voce 156 CTS Saran TSS CIN ib Ses chal da ei i cae ek ee eagle ead ae as dh tgs a aoa an eae ats toad 157 Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine 22 cc42684 e200 ree beoeh eee beh ee bea eaebaeeeae 3 158 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover 0 0 000 eee eee eee eee 159 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller 22 cccc ctecdeed davetddee beter ddeeee steed aeeee ae 160 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning 00 0 0000 161 Changing the Machine Settings cic
309. he machine on or off automatically Click Settings to display the Auto Power Settings dialog box Note e If the machine is off or bi directional communication is disabled a message may appear because the computer cannot collect the machine status In that case click OK to exit ScanGear scanner driver Auto Power On Select Enable to turn on the machine automatically when data is received Auto Power Off Specify the amount of time you want to set from the list When this time lapses without any data being received the machine turns off automatically 9 Important e When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network the power does not turn off automatically even if Auto Power Off is set Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 543 Quiet Settings The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this machine Use this when you wish to reduce the operating noise such as when scanning or printing at night Click Settings to set the quiet mode Note e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine the printer driver or ScanGear No matter how the setting is made it applies to operations from the operation panel of the machine or when printing scanning from a computer etc e Scanning or printing may take longer than usual when this function is used Do net use quet mode Always use Quiet mode O Use quiet mode during specified hours When the hours are
310. he name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp Select File Opens the dialog box to open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp Size Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp Moving the slider to the right increases the size moving the slider to the left decreases the size Transparent white area Specifies whether to make white filled areas of the bitmap transparent Check this check box to make white filled areas of the bitmap transparent J Note e Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text Stamp Text to blank TrueType Font to Arial Style to Regular Size to 36 points Outline unchecked and Color to gray with the RGB values 192 192 192 Placement Tab The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed Preview Window Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 373 Position Specifies the stamp position on the page Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X Position and Y Position coordinates directly Orientation Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp The angle can be set by entering the number of degrees Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise Note e Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date Time User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab Note e Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orient
311. he paper to curl In this case load the paper with the other side facing up It may resolve the problem For Other Paper If the curl on the four corners of the paper is more than 0 1 inch 3 mm A in height the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly In such cases follow the procedure described below to correct the paper curl 1 Roll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as shown below Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 625 LINO 2 Check that the paper is now flat We recommend printing curl corrected paper one sheet at a time Note e Depending on the media type the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not curled inward In such cases follow the procedure described below to curl the paper outward within 0 1 inch 3 mm B in height before printing This may improve the print result C C Printing side We recommend printing paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion Reduce the intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again 1 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 On the Main sheet select Manual for Color Intensity and then click
312. he printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes Cancel Printing button Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen You can click this button while spooling Print Page Information Screen Displays print setup information for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Important If the media type and paper source are set from the application software those settings have priority and the changed settings may become ineffective Printer Paper Size Displays the paper size of the document to be printed Media Type You can select the media type of the document to be printed Paper Source You can select the paper source of the document to be printed Page Layout Displays the page layout of the document to be printed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 385 Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages The preview also allows you to edit the print document edit the print pages change the print settings and perform other functions
313. he printer in another direction to achieve the best performance Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer If i appears in the result of the measurement check whether other computers are not accessing the printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 203 r still appears even if you have tried the above finish the measurement then restart the IJ Network Tool to start over the measurement 7 Click Finish DJ Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 204 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine D Important Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Maintenance from the Settings menu The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Click Initialize Sething intialzation To retum the printer settings to the factory defaults cick intisize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card siot via the network cick Setup Status Not set Instructions 5 When the confirmation screen is displayed click Yes Retums
314. he stamp by clicking Select Color o For Bitmap click Select File and select the bitmap file bmp to be used If necessary change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area For Date Time User Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text If necessary change the settings of TrueType Font Style Size and Outline You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color J Important e Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable when Date Time User Name is selected Placement tab Select the stamp position from the Position list You can also select Custom from the Position list and specify coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window To change the stamp position angle type a value in the Orientation box directly Important e Orientation cannot be changed when Bitmap is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab 5 Save the stamp Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 302 6 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Changing and Registering S
315. heir status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored Fed View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window To hide the print pages click View Thumbnails again ii il Move to First Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected t Move Up One Moves the selected print document one up from its current position If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 5 Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected st Move to Last Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected X 9 Undo Reverses the previous change If the change cannot be reversed this function is grayed out and cannot be selected Delete Page Deletes the currently selected page If page layout printing is set the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted Document list Displays the list of the print documents The docum
316. hen you set Execute at Every Scan to ON the scanner will be calibrated every time before previewing and scanning to reproduce correct color tones in scanned images Note Even when Execute at Every Scan is set to OFF the scanner may be calibrated automatically in some cases such as immediately after you turn the machine on e Calibration may take time depending on your computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 545 Preview Tab On the Preview tab you can specify the following settings Sommer Preview Scan Color Settings Preview at Start of ScarGear O Automatically Execute Preview Display Saved Preview Image Orne Cropping Frame on Previewed Images Execute Anta Cropping on Previewed Inages O Display the Last Frame on Previewed Images Preview at Start of ScanGear Select what to do with Preview when ScanGear scanner driver is started Automatically Execute Preview ScanGear will automatically start previewing at startup Display Saved Preview Image The previously previewed image will be displayed The Color Adjustment Button settings the Toolbar settings and the Advanced Mode tab settings are also saved None No preview image will be displayed at startup Note e Select None if you do not want to save the preview image Cropping Frame on Previewed Images Select how to display cropping frames after previewing images Execute Auto Cropping on Previewed Images The cropping fra
317. herwise an error occurs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 657 Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed Is the printer status monitor enabled Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor 1 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 On the Maintenance sheet click View Printer Status 3 Select Enable Status Monitor on the Option menu if it is not selected Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 658 Problems with Installation Downloading gt Cannot Install the MP Drivers Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear How to Update MP Drivers in Network Environment gt Uninstalling IJ Network Tool Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 659 Cannot Install the MP Drivers If the installation does not start even after the Setup CD ROM is inserted into your computer s disc drive Start the installation following the procedure below 1 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Explorer icon in the Taskbar on the Desktop then select Computer from the list on the left o In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Start then Computer In Windows XP click Start then My Computer 2 Double click the 2 CD ROM icon on the displayed window If the contents of the CD ROM are displayed double click MSETUP4 EXE If you cannot install th
318. his option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pull down menu Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 447 Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 448 Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Click Photo Scan on the Le Scann
319. ialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box Settings General Settings Dialog Box ee c eee e Save Settings Dialog Box Image Stitch Window Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 435 IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Follow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Select IJ Scan Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Scan Utility If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Scan Utility Windows 7 Windows Vista Windows XP From the Start menu select All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt IJ Scan Utility gt IJ Scan Utility to start lJ Scan Utility You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name Note e Refer to Network Scan Settings for how to set up a network environment Auto Detects the item type automatically and saves them to a computer The data format for saving will also be set automatically Save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Auto Scan dialog box Document Scans items as documents and saves them t
320. ically Select this to return to the ScanGear screen for another scan when scanning is completed Display the dialog to select next action Select this to open a screen and select what to do when scanning is completed Scarring is completed Select the action you prefer to take Retouch and save the image Close ScanGear dialog San other mages Do not dese ScanGear Clo not deplay ths dialog again You say modify thes setting on Scan tad of Preferences dalog Ca Note Even if Do not close ScanGear automatically or Display the dialog to select next action is set some applications may not support it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 548 Color Settings Tab On the Color Settings tab you can specify the following settings Color Adjustment Select one of the following Recommended Select this to vividly reproduce the tone of a document on the screen It is recommended that you normally select this setting Color Matching Select this to automatically match the scanner monitor and color printer colors thus reducing time and trouble to manually match the monitor and printer colors Source Scanner Select scanner profile Target Select target profile Monitor Select this checkbox to display preview image with optimum correction for monitor Defaults Returns to the default Color Matching settings Note e The Color Adjustment Buttons on the Advanced Mode tab are not available
321. ight to emphasize the corresponding color Cyan amp Red Magenta amp Green Yellow amp Blue These are complementary color pairs each pair produces a shade of gray when mixed You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color and increasing the complementary color It is usually difficult to correct the image completely by adjusting only one color pair It is recommended that you find a portion in the image where it should be white and adjust all three color pairs so that the portion turns white You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Below is an example of an image in which the Cyan amp Red pair has been adjusted Color Balance Cyan Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 502 Adjusting Brightness and Contrast You can adjust images that are too dark or bright or too flat due to lack of contrast by using Brightness Contrast in ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab Image Settings Note e Click Down arrow to switch to detailed view Click a Up arrow to return to the previous view e Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red Green and Blue in various proportions gradation These colors can be adjusted individually as a channel Master Adjust the Red Green and Blue combined Red Adjust the Red channel Green Adjust the Green channel Blue Adjust the Blue channel
322. image quadruples If the file is too large the processing speed will slow down significantly and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of memory Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image Note e When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it scan by setting a higher resolution than the recommended one above Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 563 Data Formats You can select a data format when saving scanned images You should specify the most suitable data format according to how you want to use the image on which application Available data formats vary by application and operating system Windows or Mac OS See below for the characteristics of each image data format PNG Standard File Extension png A data format often used on websites PNG is suitable for editing saved images JPEG Standard File Extension jpg A data format often used on websites and for digital camera images JPEG features high compression rates JPEG images slightly degrade every time they are saved and cannot be returned to their original state JPEG is not available for black and white images TIFF Standard File Extension tif A data format featuring a relatively high compatibility between various computers and applications TIFF is suitable for editing saved images Note e Some TIFF files are incompatible e IJ Scan Utility supports the following TIFF file formats e
323. ines Nozzle Check Ato Power Ports a pattem to check whether the pert Allows you to set the auto power setings head nores ore clogged hk Camsdge Settings CQuset Semings Speoties the ink catndge for parting Q Allows you to seduce the pirter s operating noise Custern Semings Alows you to select operadon optens Xv Cleaning Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print even though all ink levels are sufficiently high Li Deep Cleaning Performs deep cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem D99 Note e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Therefore perform cleaning only when necessary Ink Group When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning the Ink Group window is displayed Selects the ink group that you want to clean the print head for Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before you execute cleaning or deep cleaning Print Head Alignment Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 376 Align the print head immediately after installing the print head When you click Print
324. ing a USB Cable 2 4 185 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup 005 186 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN 187 Printing Out Network Setting Information 66s ct conn podbean we awe dred nae aah oan Rated 188 About Network Communication 22245 be 0G RhSe CRON Se ee ETRE NS OE ENS dwee oe ek 190 Changing and Confirming Network Settings cdiscc ca dodedsdedidwand eden dae ad a ada das 191 lJ Network TOO essre rossi eb boo ee ou EW 496d CREE COREER ORES ORR EEE eho a 192 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet 0 0 0 00 e eee eee 193 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings i100 icc0c64 etd dee diate bdo senha nee oe ate eae 195 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 0 0 00 000 eee een ees 197 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet TETTE T CEPTE EE 200 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet 0 000 e eee eee 201 Monitoring Wireless Network Status EEEE TTT TET RURAR eer eer reo rau 202 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine auauua naana 205 Viewing the Modified Settings o i254i42cshecet4eenboserdseseudebseeetudaaseaeawea 206 Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool 0 0 0 0 00 cee eee 207 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen PEP TEET ERPE EITTIE EET seeps were pihaan 206 Contoan SUICE 202548 h ci eed ere Reddeeen dew eseeoed gubdoeasss
325. ing data is sent to the machine for a specified period of time 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 13 times 3 Release the Stop button 4 Press the Color button To disable the function press the Black button in step 4 DJ Note e You can select whether you turn off the machine automatically from the operation panel of the machine the printer driver or ScanGear scanner driver From the printer driver or ScanGear scanner driver you can specify the time before turning off the machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 176 Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode By using the machine as an access point in an environment that does not have wireless LAN router or access point or by using the machine as an access point temporarily in an environment that has wireless LAN router or access point you can connect the machine to an external device such as a computer or a smartphone and print scan from them This section describes how to enable the access point mode the access point name of the machine and the security setting How to enable the Access Point Mode Printing Scanning with the Access Point Mode How to terminate the Access Point Mode Setting of the Access Point Mode Important e Before using the machine with the access point mode confirm the usage restrictions then switch the machine to the access poin
326. ing from a Computer tab to display the Settings Photo Scan dialog box In the Settings Photo Scan dialog box you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos JPEG Image Quality Cl Save to a subfolder with current date C Check sean results Applicaton Settings Open with an application UW Canon My Image Garden O Send to an application J Preview Send to a folder None Attach to emai A None Attach Manually O Do not start any agpication 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 399 Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Photo is selected Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 449 aches 1 00 8 50 inches 1 00 11 69 D gt Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Image Processing Settings Click Plus to set the following Important
327. ing materials site where you can download all the printing materials for free Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling paper parts are provided It is easily accessible from Quick Menu CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden Downloaded PREMIUM Contents can be printed directly with My Image Garden To download PREMIUM Contents make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer Note The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior notice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 27 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages anytime and anywhere by simply accessing Easy PhotoPrint on the web from a computer or tablet By using Easy PhotoPrint you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation Moreover you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as Facebook or with online storage web albums etc Refer to Easy PhotoPrint Guide for details Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 28 Print Photos on Facebook Easily Usi
328. ing the machine with USB connection perform setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it again according to the instructions on our website and select Change Connection Method Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 187 Printing Out Network Setting Information You can print out the current network settings of the machine Important e This print out contains valuable information about your computer Handle it with care 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 3 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 15 times 4 Release the Stop button The machine starts printing the network setting information The following information on the machine s network setting is printed out ee O SSID of the wireless LAN SSID of the access point mode Password of the access point mode 8 to 10 alphanumeric characters IPv6 IP Address 2 Selected IP Address IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 188 IPv6 Default Gateway 2 Default Gateway IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous reception Enable Disable wireless LAN E LPR Protocol LPR protocol setting Enable Disable Bonjour setting Enable Disable Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name Up to 52 alphanumeric characters PictBridge Commun PictBridge Communication Enable D
329. ing the message on the screen If you change the Encryption Method setting and the Password setting on the Set up printer s wireless LAN screen the changed settings are applied to the printer settings Note e You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN 4 Help menu Instructions Displays this guide About Displays the version of IJ Network Tool Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 211 Configuration Screen You can change the configuration of the printer selected on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Click the tab to select the sheet to change the settings The following screen is the example to change the setting on the Wireless LAN sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using SSID mre Encryption Method Use WEP TCPAP Setup Gat IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on each sheet see the following Wireless LAN Sheet Wired LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 212 Wireless LAN Sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Allows you to set the printer with wireless LAN connection To display the Wireless LAN sheet click the Wireless LAN tab on the Configuration screen Wireless LAN Admin Password v SID Encryption Method TCPAP Setup Gat IP address automaticaly Us
330. int confirm that the MAC address or IP address for both the computer or the network device and the machine are registered If you are using a WEP or WPA WPA2 key make sure that the encryption key for the computer or the network device and the machine matches that set to the access point Besides the WEP key itself the key length key format the key ID to use and the authentication method must match among the machine the access point and the computer Normally select Auto for the authentication method If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point gt How to Set an Encryption Key When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Machine After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point If the machine cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the machine was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point matches that set to the machine Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 590 Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication gt The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 591 Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Comm
331. ion the following resolutions can be specified 150 dpi 300 dpi 600 dpi Brightness Move the slider to adjust the brightness Move it to the left to darken and right to brighten the image You can also enter a value 100 to 100 Contrast Move the slider to adjust the contrast Moving it to the left will decrease the contrast of the image thus softening the image Moving it to the right will increase the contrast of the image thus sharpening the image You can also enter a value 100 to 100 Preview or scan images as separate files Select this checkbox to preview or scan multiple images as separate files Important When using the scanner or printer with network connection you cannot specify Brightness Contrast and Preview or scan images as separate files Click Preview to preview the image The preview image appears on the right Click Scan When scanning is completed the scanned image appears in the application Scanning with WIA Driver 1 0 The following is an example of scanning using Paint 1 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Click From scanner or camera from the File menu of Paint Select the command to scan an item in the application Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 572 Note e If you have more than one scanner or printer a scanner selection screen may appear Double click the scanner you want to use For US
332. ion and Color Balance Brightness Contrast Adjust the brightness and contrast of the image If the image is too dark or too bright or if the image quality is flat due to lack of contrast you can adjust the levels of brightness and contrast Adjusting Brightness and Contrast Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 539 A Histogram A histogram allows you to see the data concentration at each brightness level of an image You can specify the brightest level highlight and darkest level shadow within an image cut the levels and expand the middle of the tonal range of the image Adjusting Histogram Tone Curve Settings Adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph tone curve showing the balance of tone input and output You can make fine adjustments to the brightness of a specific area Adjusting Tone Curve LA Final Review Make a final check of color adjustments The final synthesized tone curve and the histogram derived from the subsequent image processing will be displayed There are no settings to make in this screen For a color image select a color in Channel to check either Red Green or Blue or select Master to check three colors together e If you place the cursor on the preview image the portion will be enlarged and its RGB values only L when Color Mode is Grayscale before and after the adjustments will be displayed 4 Threshold Set the boundary thre
333. ions explaining basic operations of your product Note e Icons may vary depending on your product Touch enabled Device Users For touch actions you need to replace right click in this document with the action set on the operating system For example if the action is set to press and hold on your operating system replace right click with press and hold Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 15 Trademarks and Licenses Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Mac Mac OS AirPort Safari Bonjour iPad iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U S and other countries and is used under license Google Cloud Print Google Chrome Android Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc Adobe Photoshop Photoshop Elements Lightroom Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB 1998 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United Stat
334. is displayed follow the on screen instructions e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Device Manager Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 670 e In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Control Panel Hardware and Sound then Device Manager In Windows XP click Control Panel Performance and Maintenance System then click Device Manager on the Hardware sheet 2 Double click Universal Serial Bus controllers then USB Printing Support If the USB Printing Support Properties screen is not displayed make sure that the machine is correctly connected to the computer We Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer properly 3 Click the General tab and make sure that there is no indication of a problem with the device If a device error is displayed refer to Windowselp to resolve the error Other Error Messages If an error message is displayed outside the printer status monitor check the following e Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk e Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory Quit other running application softwares to increase available memory If you cannot print yet restart your computer and retry printing e Printer driver could not be found Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in D
335. is not available When Select Source is Photo Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image When Select Source is Magazine or Document Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the Select Destination Folder dialog box displayed by selecting Add from the pull down menu The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 461 e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windo
336. is pumped out from the nozzles Used ink for nozzle cleaning is limited to a small amount Does black and white printing use color ink Black and white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver So color ink is consumed even when printing in black and white Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 258 Key Points to Successful Printing Check the machine status before printing e Is the print head OK If a print head nozzle is clogged print will be faint and papers will be wasted Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head Maintenance Procedure Is the inside of the machine smeared with ink After printing large quantities of paper the area where papers go through may get smeared with ink Clean the inside of your machine with Bottom Plate Cleaning Check how to load the paper correctly e Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation To load paper in the rear tray load paper WITH THE PRINTING SIDE FACING YOU Loading Paper e Is the paper curled The curled paper causes paper jam Flatten the curled paper then reload it Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper ls Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 259 Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper If the media type setting is not the one for the loaded paper printing results may
337. is taken outside the country or region where it was purchased apps cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list Check the display language of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If the display language is switched to a language that does not support an app the app will not be displayed in the apps list but will continue to be registered If you switch back to the target language of the app it will be displayed in the apps list and you will be able to start register or unregister the app If the information is not updated when you press the Update button Because the Properties screen requires network connection with this product the information may not be reflected immediately Please wait awhile and then try updating the information again If the information is still not updated then check that the product is connected to the Internet If you do not receive the registration e mail You may have entered a different e mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Remote UI startup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything A third party may be able to illegally use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services Remote UI startup gt IJ C
338. isable DNS Server Getting DNS Server Auto Manual automatically XX represents alphanumeric characters 1 Depending on the country or region of purchase one of the channels from 1 to 11 is printed 2 Only when IPv6 is enabled the status of the network is printed 3 Only IPv6 and the IPsec setting are enabled the status of the network is printed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 189 About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings gt Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool gt Other Screens of IJ Network Tool gt Appendix for Network Communication Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 190 Changing and Confirming Network Settings IJ Network Tool Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the WEP Detailed Settings gt Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status gt Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine gt Viewing the Modified Settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 191 IJ Network Tool IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings It is installed when the machine is set up Important To use the machine over LAN make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type such as an access point or a LAN
339. k Tool screen Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen File View Settings Help F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the prrter to configure the settings t may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network after R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 Printers The printer name status printer model name and port name are displayed A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer Configuration changes are applied to the selected printer 2 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is
340. k a tab the view in the red frame switches and you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab IMG E Documents Auto Standard Standard F Create a POE fhe that supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date Agphcaton Settings Open with an application UG Canon My Image Garden O Send to an appication A Preview O Send to a folder None O Attach to emai A None Attach Manually C Do not start any application Le Scanning from a Computer Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden Settings Auto Scan Dialog Box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box I af General Settings Tab You can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail attachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily Settings General Settings Dialog Box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 438 Settings Auto Scan Dialog Box Click Auto Scan on the Le Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Auto Scan dialog box In the Settings Auto Scan dialog box you can make advanced scan settings to scan by automatically detecting the item type Standard Standard F Create a POF fle that supports keyword sea
341. k that the printer is tumed on and cick Next When the connection peormance is poor place the printer closer to the access objects between Poor connection R wil take a couple of minutes to measure the conection performance You can cancel the operation while the measurement is in progress Connection Performance Measurement Screen Completion Screen Displays when the measurement is finished Connection Perfomance between the Printer and the Access Point et eee co 1 Cick Remeasuremernt to measure the performance again 2 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 237 1 Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point A mark indicates the result of the connection performance measurement between the printer and the access point Good connection performance A Unstable connection performance Q Cannot connect Q Measurement is canceled or cannot measure 2 Remeasurement Measures the connection performance again Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 238 Maintenance Screen Displays to perform Setting Initialization and Network Setup of the Card Slot To display the Maintenance screen select Maintenance from the Settings menu Setting intialzation To retum the printer settings to the factory defauts cick intisize 1 Network
342. l name in the displayed screen then select Install Scanning with WIA Driver 2 0 The following is an example of scanning using Windows Fax and Scan 1 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Select New on the File menu of Windows Fax and Scan then click Scan The scan setting screen appears Note e If you have more than one scanner or printer a scanner selection screen may appear Double click the scanner you want to use e For USB connection Canon XXX series where XXX is the model name e For network connection XXX series_MAC address where XXX is the model name 3 Specify the settings Scanner The currently set product name is displayed To change the scanner click Change and select the product you want to use Profile Select Photo Default or Documents according to the type of item to be scanned To save a new Profile select Add profile You can specify the details in the Add New Profile dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 571 Source Select a scanner type Paper size This setting is not available for your scanner or printer Color format Select the color mode in which to scan the item File type Select a data format from JPEG BMP PNG and TIFF Resolution DPI Enter the resolution Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi Resolution DJ Note e When using the scanner or printer with network connect
343. le Account If you already have Google account register the printer Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Getting Google Account First get your Google account in order to register the printer with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device then register the required information Google Jne account All of Google A Z Stay signed in Need help The screen above may change without prior notice Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Register the printer with Google Cloud Print The authentication procedure using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device is required in the process of registering Because the authentication URL is printed from printer when the authentication process is performed prepare A4 or Letter sized plain paper gt Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply If the printer s owner changes delete the printer from Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 74 2 Remote UI startup 3 Select Google Cloud Print setup gt Register with Google Cloud Print DJ Note e If you have already registered the printer with Google Cloud Print the confirmation message to re register the printer i
344. lected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the copies setting is not saved and consequently the Copies setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the copies setting specified with the application software Custom Paper Size dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the size width and height of the custom paper Units Select the unit for entering a user defined paper size Paper Size Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units Related Topics Printing with Easy Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 357 Duplex Printing Setting Up Envelope Printing Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver e eee eee ees Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 358 Main tab Description The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the medi
345. less LAN Do not use Select to disable encryption Use WEP Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified If a WEP key has not been set the WEP Details screen is displayed automatically To change WEP settings set before click Configuration to display the screen Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Use WPA WPA2 Transmission is encrypted using a WPA WPAZ key you specified The security has been strengthened more than WEP If a WPA WPA2 key has not been set the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed automatically To change WPA WPA2 settings set before click Configuration to display the WPA WPA2 Details screen Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 5 Configuration The detailed settings screen is displayed The WEP or the WPA WPA2 key selected in Encryption Method can be confirmed and changed For details on WEP setting Changing the WEP Detailed Settings For details on WPA WPA2 setting Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 6 TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your wireless LAN router or access point Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you u
346. liant device Printable image data format The machine accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system and PNG files Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant Important e LAN connection with the machine is required to use this function Note PictBridge is the Standard to print your photos directly without using a computer connecting a device such as a digital still camera digital camcorder or camera equipped mobile phone In this manual PictBridge printing with the wireless LAN connection is referred to as PictBridge Wireless LAN When printing photos with the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device connected to the machine we recommend the use of the AC adapter supplied with the device If you are using the device battery be sure to charge it fully Depending on the model or brand of your device you may have to select a print mode compliant with PictBridge Wireless LAN before connecting the device You may also have to turn on the device or select Play mode manually after connecting the device to the machine Perform necessary operations on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device before connecting it to this machine according to instructions given in the device s instruction manual 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Connect the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to the machine Detect the machine with the PictBridge Wireless LAN
347. lick Uninstall If you are using Windows 7 or Windows Vista select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features From the program list select XXX MP Drivers where XXX is your model name and then click Uninstall If you are using Windows XP select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs From the program list select XXX MP Drivers where XXX is your model name and then click Remove The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears Important e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 2 Execute the uninstaller Click Execute When the confirmation message appears click Yes When all the files have been deleted click Complete The deletion of the MP Drivers is complete Important e Printer driver XPS printer driver and ScanGear scanner driver will be deleted when you uninstall the MP Drivers Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 398 Before Installing the MP Drivers This section describes th
348. lick OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 324 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver and then Print Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does allow you to specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile SRGB found in the data When printing Adobe RGB data you can print the data with the Adobe RGB color space even if the application software does not support Adobe RGB 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction 4 Select the input profile Select an Input Profile that matches the color space of the image data For sRGB data or data without an input ICC profile Select Standard For Adobe RGB data Select Adobe RGB 1998 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 325 Important e When the application software specifies an input profile the input profile setting of the printer driver becomes invalid e When no input ICC profiles are installed on your computer Adobe RGB 1998 will not be displayed 5 Set the other items If necessary click Color A
349. lider or White point Slider to adjust brightness Images with more data distributed to the highlight side Move the Black point Slider toward the highlight side Images with more data distributed to the shadow side Move the White point Slider toward the shadow side hai A Images with widely distributed data Move the Black point Slider toward the highlight side and White point Slider toward the shadow side Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 506 Moving the Mid point Slider Move the Mid point Slider to specify the level to be set as the middle of the tonal range Images with more data distributed to the highlight side Move the Mid point Slider toward the highlight side Images with more data distributed to the shadow side Move the Mid point Slider toward the shadow side Adjusting Histograms Using the Droppers When you select a Channel and click the Black point Mid point or White point Dropper the mouse pointer on the preview image changes to a dropper Click a Dropper displayed below the histogram to change the setting a e The point clicked with 0 to 245 Black point Dropper will be the darkest point You can also enter a value The point clicked with a enter a value 5 to 250 Mid point Dropper will be the middle of the tonal range You can also Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 507 e The point clicked with P White point Dropper will be the
350. lity settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 172 Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows _ Custom Settings 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens DJ Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape On the Page Setup tab you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing select this item To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the right duri
351. loaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 575 Brightness Move the slider to adjust the brightness Move it to the left to darken and right to brighten the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Contrast Move the slider to adjust the contrast Moving it to the left will decrease the contrast of the image thus softening the image Moving it to the right will increase the contrast of the image thus sharpening the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Resolution DPI Enter the resolution Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi Resolution Picture type Select the type of scan you want for your item Reset Click to restore the original settings 6 Click Preview to preview the image The preview image appears on the right Drag ll to specify the scan area 7 Click Next and follow the instructions Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 576 Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Learn how to place items on the platen of your scanner or printer Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Important e Do not place objects on the document cover When you open the document cover the objects may fall into your scanner or printer resulting in malfunction e Close the document cover when scanning Placing Items Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically J Important
352. loud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 71 If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac If you are using iOS or Mac and the password contains the symbol enter a backslash instead For instructions on entering a backslash see the OS help Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 72 Printing with Google Cloud Print The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc By using Google Cloud Print you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print 1 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print 2 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 33 Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply e This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 73 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print To print with Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud Print in advance Getting Goog
353. lug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 707 5700 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 708 5B00 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 709 5B01 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 710 6000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 711 6500 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 712 6800 Cause Printer error has occurred
354. ly Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper including recycled paper Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the rear tray 3 Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension 4 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes four times then release it immediately The print head alignment sheet will be printed S e a 4 Hewenene samaisa eel S mmm wo vo eoem ose cm come a m me anh Se eee hu Rae a ae 3 Important Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet If the sheet is stained or wrinkled it may not be scanned properly Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 143 e If the print head alignment sheet was not printed correctly press the Stop button then redo this procedure from the beginning 5 Scan the print head alignment sheet to adjust the print head position 1 Load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark 4 on the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark u 2 Close the document cover gently then press the Black button or the
355. ly Available Papers Plain Paper including recycled paper Approx 60 sheets Approx 10 sheets 10 sheets Legal Canon Genuine Papers Note e We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration Paper for printing photos Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt 2 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt 2 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt 2 10 sheets 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 1 We recommend that you remove the previously printed envelope from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration 2 When loading paper in stacks the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed properly In this case load one sheet at a time Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 114 Media Types You Cannot Use Do not use the following types of paper Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results but also the machine to jam or malfunction Folded curled or wrinkled paper Damp paper Paper that is too thin weighing less than 17 Ib 64 g m Paper that is too thick plain paper weighing more than 28 Ib 105 g m2 except for Canon genuine paper Paper thinner than a postcard including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size when printing on
356. ly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms af the Drusa Clatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 9 In the user information entry screen enter your Password and select Next Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 45 Register user info Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel J Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below e The password needs to be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 10 Enter the User name Enter the name that identifies the user Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time Ez Important The User name entry field has the following character restrictions e The password needs to be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 46 11 Specify the Time zone setting and select Next Select your region on the list If
357. ly displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 389 Page Selection Displays the Page Selection dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can also select the ratio from the drop down list box located on the toolbar Whole Displays the entire page of data as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu Toggles the show hide status of the following information View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window This command has the same function as the Geel View Thumbnails on the toolbar View Document List Displays the print document
358. mage individually Important The following types of items may not be scanned correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames scan areas in whole image view of ScanGear scanner driver and scan again e Photos that have a whitish background e Items printed on white paper hand written documents business cards etc e Thin items e Thick items Refer to Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Using Auto Scan Whether there are multiple items or not is detected automatically Click Auto and scan Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Not Using Auto Scan In the Settings dialog box set Paper Size to Auto scan and scan D Note e The screens for scanning with favorite settings are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Place the items on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings Product Name Canon series v T a 2 2 amp Auto Document Photo Stitch ScanGear Instructors The Settings dialog box appears 4 Click Custom Scan Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 423 JPEG Image Quality POF Comoressonc F Create a POF fe that supports keyword search C save toa subfolder with current date Annheanens Sorte Cl save toa subfolder with current date CI Check
359. me scan area will automatically be displayed in the document size after previewing Display the Last Frame on Previewed Images A cropping frame of the same size as the last used cropping frame will be displayed after previewing None No cropping frame will be displayed after previewing Cropping Size for Thumbnail View Select the cropping size for thumbnails of scanned documents Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 546 Larger Displays 105 in width and height of the area displayed for the standard size Standard The standard size Smaller Displays 95 in width and height of the area displayed for the standard size Note e When you change the Cropping Size for Thumbnail View setting the preview images will be refreshed and cropped to the new size As the preview images are refreshed the color adjustments and other settings applied to them are reset Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 547 Scan Tab On the Scan tab you can specify the following settings Starner Preview San Color Settings Status of ScanGeor dalog after scamming Chose SeanGear automatically O Donat dose ScanGear automaticaly O Display the dalog to elect next action Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning Select what to do with ScanGear scanner driver after scanning images Close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the original application when scanning is completed Do not close ScanGear automat
360. mic encryption method Enter the passphrase check the dynamic encryption type end then click Next 1 Passphrase Enter the passphrase set to the access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer 2 Dynamic Encryption Type The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 220 Setup Information Confirmation Screen gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays the settings used for client authentication Confirm the settings and click Finish Check the settings for chert authentication and then cick Frish Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 221 Wired LAN Sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Allows you to set the printer with wired LAN connection To display the Wired LAN sheet click the Wired LAN tab on the Configuration screen Wied LAN Admin Password v TCPAP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address 1 TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address
361. move a FINE cartridge replace it immediately Do not leave the machine with the FINE cartridge removed e Use a new FINE cartridge for replacement Installing a used FINE cartridge may cause the nozzles to clog Furthermore with such a FINE cartridge the machine will not be able to inform you when to replace the FINE cartridge properly Once a FINE cartridge has been installed do not remove it from the machine and leave it out in the open This will cause the FINE cartridge to dry out and the machine may not operate properly when it is reinstalled To maintain optimal printing quality use a FINE cartridge within six months of first use Note e If a FINE cartridge runs out of ink you can print with either color or black FINE cartridge in whichever ink remains only for a while However the print quality may be reduced compared to when printing with both cartridges We recommend to use a new FINE cartridge in order to obtain optimum qualities Even when printing with one ink only print with leaving the empty FINE cartridge installed If either of the color FINE cartridge or black FINE cartridge is not installed an error occurs and the machine cannot print For information on how to configure this setting see Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black and white document or when black and white printing is specified Both color ink and black ink are also consumed in the stand
362. moving the slider to the left lightens the background To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position 6 Save the background Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title 7 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Changing and Registering Some Background Settings 1 Select the background for which the settings are to be changed Select the Background check box in the Stamp Background dialog box Then from the list select the title of the background you want to change 2 Click Select Background Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 305 The Background Settings dialog box opens 3 Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview window 4 Save the background Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab When you want to save the background with a different title enter a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Deleting an Unnecessary Background 1 Click Select Background in the Stamp Backgrou
363. mple00 saa a Sample0d2 Pi 4 L Sample03 Py Sample04 Sample05 4 In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next Sample01 5 Make the necessary print settings and then select Print Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 67 Selected 5 Paper size Letter Media type Plus Glossy Il Print quality Standard Border Borderless Photo fix Red EveCorrection Print 6 A print job completion message appears and printing starts The print data has been sent Continue To continue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3 To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen Important e Ifa print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed e With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are also included in the print count Adding a Printer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 68 Adding a Printer With one account you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers The procedure for adding a printer is as follows 1 From the browser on your smartphone tablet or computer access the authentication site URL http cs c ij com join 2 Select Add printer Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Clo
364. n The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab When you are not able to specify them with the application software the procedure for selecting a page size and orientation is as follows You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab Letier 8 5 x11 22280m A Pora Rotate 180 degrees ar m FI 2 2 Faren Nomalsize FitoPage Scaled Page Layout Tiing Poster lt gt V Atoenatically reduce large documert that the perter cant otat Ouples Parting Manusi Stapling Sde Lorg ede taping Left 1 1 333 i F Part trom Last Page V Colate Pact Options Stamp Background OK Ca tspy 3 Set Orientation Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation Note If Normal size is selected for Page Layout then Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot outpu
365. n select the Search charm then search for IJ Scan Utility Windows 7 Windows Vista Windows XP From the Start menu select All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt IJ Scan Utility gt IJ Scan Utility to start IJ Scan Utility Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 414 Easy Scanning with Auto Scan You can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type D Important e The following types of items may not be scanned correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames scan areas in whole image view of ScanGear scanner driver and scan again e Photos that have a whitish background e Items printed on white paper hand written documents business cards etc e Thin items e Thick items 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on 2 Place items on the platen of your scanner or printer Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 3 Start lJ Scan Utility 4 Click Auto Scanning starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e To apply suitable corrections based on the item type click Settings then select the Apply recommended image correction checkbox in the Settings Auto Scan dialog box e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Auto Scan dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Auto Scan dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings e Refer to the following pages to scan by specifying the item t
366. n account before you use those apps For such apps please set up an account beforehand e To find out which models support PIXMA Cloud Link check the Canon homepage e The screen display may change without prior notice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 38 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 39 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device and checking the print status print error and ink status of the printer You can also print app photos and documents from your smartphone or tablet First check the following content Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand Printer specification Check that Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center supports the printer Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Operating requirements For
367. n aconfirmation appears click Yes When uninstallation is complete click OK WON IJ Scan Utility is deleted Step 3 Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility from the Setup CD ROM or the web page Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 642 Scanned Image Does Not Open If the data format is not supported by the application scan the image again and select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 643 Scan Results Not Satisfactory Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 644 Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor If the image is jagged increase the scanning resolution or select TIFF or PNG in Data Format of the Settings dialog box Resolution Settings Dialog Box Set the display size to 100 Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small If moire stripe pattern appears take the following measures and scan again e Set one of the following settings in the Setti
368. n and combine them back into one image Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported 3J Note e The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK 3 Click Stitch The Image Stitch window appears 4 In Select Output Size select an output size according to the paper size T Select Output Size a3 a4x 2 Scan Ovecton scan from Left Scan Image 1 Scan Image 2 Start Sconning Image Z e Caiust copping fames O 5 Make sure that Scan from Left is selected in Scan Direction Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 419 X Q S SS pr Select Output Size a3 ax Sean Direction Scan Image 1 3 Scan Image 2 Stort Scanning Image Z iD Adust copping fames O 6 Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face down on the platen 7 Click Start Scanning Image 1 The first item is scanned and appears in 1 2 Note pr Select Output Size Sean Ovecton scan from Left l O some Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 8 Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen f
369. n of IJ Network Tool Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 235 Status Screen You can check the printer status and connection performance To display the Status screen select Status from the View menu Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using wired LAN Signal Strength Link Quality and Advanced Measurement are not available 1 Device Status The device status is displayed as Available or Unavailable 2 Signal Strength Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer ranging from 0 to 100 3 Link Quality Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating ranging from 0 to 100 4 Advanced Measurement To examine the connection performance between the printer and the access point or between the printer and the computer When you click the Connection Performance Measurement is displayed Connection Performance Measurement Screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 236 Connection Performance Measurement Screen gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays to execute the connection performance measurement Connection Performance Measurement Screen Initial Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Completion Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Initial Screen Click Next gt to start measurement Chec
370. n the message When an error occurs the Alarm lamp flashes and a Support Code error number is displayed on the computer screen For some errors the ON lamp and the Alarm lamp flashes alternately Check the status of the lamps and the message then take the appropriate action to resolve the error Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Flashes of the Alarm Lamp Example of 2 times flashing a 7 ee bd A B A B A Flashes B Goes off A aera fa 4 flashes The FINE cartridge is not installed properly or the FINE cartridge not 68A compatible with this machine is installed The FINE cartridge is not installed 1000 1203 1300 102 103 100 686 684 9 flashes The protective material for the FINE Cartridge holder or the tape may remain 890 attached to the holder af Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 666 15 flashes The FINE cartridge cannot be recognized 1682 1688 16 flashes The ink has run out Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Alternate Flashes of the ON Lamp and the Alarm Lamp Example of 2 times flashing v Eo eooo eeee l a A B A B A Flashes B Goes off Printer error has occurred 5100 Printer error has occurred 5B00 5B01 10 flashes An error requiring you to contact the B201 B202 B203 B204 service center has occurred Other cases than above Printer error has occurred 5011 5012 5200 5400 5700 6000 6500 6800 6801
371. n the network device is not connected to the network the IP address is not displayed Checking If the Computer and the Machine or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate To check that communication is available perform the ping test 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for Command Prompt e In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Type the ping command and the IP address of the target machine or the target access point and then press the Enter key ping XXX XXX XXX XXX Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 602 XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the target device If the communication is available a message such as the following is displayed Reply from XXX XXX XXX XXX bytes 32 time 10ms TTL 255 When Request timed out is displayed the communication is not available Checking the Network Setting Information To check the network setting information of the machine print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 603 Packets Are Sent Steadily While IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is enabled it periodically transmits packets to check whether it can communicate with the machine
372. n the platen glass such as pressing down the original Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break e The machine cannot scan the striped area A 0 04 inch 1 mm from the edges of the platen glass 2 Close the document cover gently Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 122 gt Important After loading the original on the platen glass be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or scan Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 123 Originals You Can Load Types of originals Text document magazine or newspaper Printed photo postcard business card or disc BD DVD CD etc Size width x height Max 8 5 x 11 7 inches 216 x 297 mm Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 124 Replacing a FINE Cartridge Replacing a FINE Cartridge Checking the Ink Status Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 125 Replacing a FINE Cartridge When remaining ink cautions or errors occur the ink lamps and the Alarm lamp will flash to inform you of the error Count the number of flashes and take appropriate action If an Error Occurs Replacing Procedure When you need to replace a FINE cartridge follow the procedure below Important Do not touch the electrical contacts A or print head nozzle B on a FINE cartridge The machine may not print properly if you touch them A B If you re
373. n which created the document has a similar function set them with the application Letter 8 5 11 22280m A Pora AJ Once Fetste 180 degrees i 5 g 2 z ron Porn Nomasize FttoPage Sosed Page Layout Tiing Poster lt gt V Atoeatically seduce large document that the perter caret opt Duplex Parting Manual Staging Side Long ede stapling Let Copies 2 1 gt 1 555 Yi Z Peart iom Last Page y Pact Options Stamp Background 2an OK Cancel dy Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Page Size Selects a page size Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application If you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientation that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setting Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab opening the Custom Settings dialog box and then using Rotate 90 degrees lef
374. name of the machine and the security setting in advance Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 24 Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Organize Images Easily In My Image Garden you can register the names of people and events to photos You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar event and person This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on lt Calendar View gt Display Recommended Items in Slide Shows Based on the information registered to photos Quick Menu automatically selects the photos on your computer and creates recommended items such as collages and cards The created items appear in slide shows ee If there is an item you like you can easily print it in just two steps 1 In Image Display of Quick Menu select the item you want to print 2 Print the item with My Image Garden Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 25 Place Photos Automatically Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the theme eh W G E m l Pes Other Various Functions My Image Garden has many other useful functions Refer to What You Can Do with My Image Garden for details Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 26 Download a Variety of Content Materials CREATIVE PARK A print
375. nd Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly After performing the Print Head Cleaning print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice Ink may have run out Replace the FINE cartridge Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 631 Problems with Scanning Problems with Scanning Scan Results Not Satisfactory gt Software Problems Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 632 Problems with Scanning Scanner Does Not Work ScanGear Scanner Driver Does Not Start Error Message Appears and the ScanGear Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear gt Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Slow Scanning Speed There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows Scanned Image Does Not Open Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 633 Scanner Does Not Work Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the
376. nd dialog box The Background Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the background to be deleted Select the title of the background you want to delete from the Backgrounds list on the Save settings tab and then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 306 Setting Up Envelope Printing The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows 1 Load envelope on the printer 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select the media type Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Porter Paper Size Letior 85x11 222cm Onentation Potrat Papet Source Res Tray Copies 4 Select the paper size When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed select Envelope Com 10 or Envelope DL and then click OK 5 Set the orientation To print the addressee horizontally select Landscape for Orientation A 6 Select the print quality Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality 7 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the information is printed on the envelope Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 307 Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Preview with Canon IJ XPS Preview when reading this information You can
377. nfo The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed About this service This displays the descriptions of this service Description of the Main screen When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center the Main screen appears With this service the functions available to Standard user of the printer are different from those available to the printer Administrator Standard user can only use the functions marked by an asterisk You can use areas shown below to start add and manage apps If you are using a smartphone or a tablet you can also print photos and documents If you are using a smartphone or tablet If you are using a PC If you are using a smartphone or tablet CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvNrive Contig 1 Left context menu 2 Printer name area Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 50 3 Right context menu 4 Display area 5 Menu area 1 Left context menu When you select E the Mng printer screen of the Manage users screen appears For general users the Select printer screen appears Mng printer screen Select printer screen Mng printer Updated date May 1 2014 5 01 AM le x series Copy apps Add printer From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center chan
378. ng a Facebook App Print Your Days Use Print Your Days to collect Facebook photos of memories of parties and travel recent activity of your family and friends your hobbies etc then create and print a work of art Print Your Days is available from the Print Your Days Facebook page Print and enjoy the excitement and memories depicted n the photos on Facebook Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 29 Connection Methods Available on the Machine The following connection methods are available on the machine p Wireless Connection With an access point J o Without an access point Jo g D USB Connection Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device such as a smartphone One method is to connect using an access point and the other method is to connect without using an access point The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time If you have an access point or wireless network router it is recommended that you use the method described in Connection Using an Access Point When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using an Access Point J S S e Connect the printer and a device using an access point e Connection methods
379. ng printing clear this item JJ Important e Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list Otherwise characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt Ink Drying Wait Time You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 173 Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel About Quiet setting gt Turning on off the Machine Automatically Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 174 About Quiet setting Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise such as when printing at night Follow the procedure below to perform setting 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 9 times 3 Release the Stop button 4 Press the Color button To disable the function press the Black button in step 4 Importan
380. ng range Enter a value within the range displayed in the message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 532 Note e Refer to Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear for details on cropping frames e For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab Preferences dialog box Switch Aspect Ratio Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible Click this button to rotate the cropping frame Click again to return it to the original orientation Data Size The data size when scanned with the current settings is displayed Note e When the data size exceeds a certain size the value appears in red In that case a warning message appears when you click Scan It is recommended that you adjust the settings to reduce Data Size To continue scan in whole image view Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 533 Image Settings gt Important e Do not apply these functions to images without moire dust scratches or faded colors The color tone may be adversely affected e Image correction results may not be reflected in the preview image 3J Note e Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings e Scanning may take longer than usual when you use Image Settings Image Settings allows you to set the following items Image Adjustment When Image Adjustment is set the brightness of the
381. nger and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used which alters the total color balance of the document Use your application if you want to change the total color balance significantly Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print You cannot change the levels of pure white and black However the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed Intensity Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 361 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Print a pattern for color adjustment When the color balance or intensity contrast is chan
382. ngs Document Scan dialog box Settings Custom Scan dialog box or Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box of IJ Scan Utility then scan from the IJ Scan Utility main screen Set Select Source to Magazine and set Color Mode to Color Select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box e On the Basic Mode tab of ScanGear scanner driver select Magazine Color in Select Source Refer to Basic Mode Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details e On the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear set Descreen in Image Settings to ON Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details D Note e If moire appears when you scan a digital print photo take the above measures and scan again Check the monitor s color depth Refer to Help of Windows or the monitor s manual for details on how to check the monitor s color depth eee Clean the platen and document cover If the document is in poor condition dirty faded etc then set Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction Grain Correction etc in Image Settings on the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details If the color tone of images is different from the original document take the following measures and scan again e On the
383. nk from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer aaas aaa aaa aaaea 39 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center annaua a aaaea aaa 40 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation 41 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 2000 000 43 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window wee jae adn ee rr err eer ere 49 Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center s6cacscceedarerergd dd aanadecdsaneadengane dae 65 PONa heise iSenitd ens do eiha nee escent pews sy eeee tees eee eee eee aes 69 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 0 2 0 0 uaaa aaaea 71 Printing with Google Cloud PriNt se cece st dadna ee beech deae plank ek WHORE HER Ko wR 73 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print a a aaa auauua aaea 74 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print eee eer rere TEPP cae T6 Checking Printer Information n ceeds aeaee 78 Online Storage Integration Function s a a asana aaeeea 80 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions 81 Pining wih Ce Fl pote end eae RSAT EDERE eked de E E AREE 82 Overview of the Machine 666059445 584003 bE ESC SAH LEGeoedieineee eared 83 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals eee Ne ekg HE heh oe ORR Reds La eS See EE ee eee ee ewes 84 Seley Proca ic oc ued ta adn aedcauss satan thes enednd rerun eu dat enabatini dacs
384. nline Manual 33 Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 62 Status Est History Updated date Mar 3 2014 4 56 AM Status Date of issue Details Canceled Mar 3 2014 4 20 AM Print CANON iMAGE G i Mar 3 2014 4 19 AM aS Print CANON IMAGE G Mar 3 2014 2 17 AM INVITE 5 Notices area This displays the latest notice Nothing is displayed in this area if there is no notice When you select Notice list you can display up to 40 items 6 Information area This display other information including the privacy statement and other companies licensing information 7 Global navigation area The User information Instructions and Log out buttons are displayed Press the User information to change the settings amta Mng primier Manage users Userinformaion imstuctons Logout User information E mail address Password User Name Change Time zone UTC 09 00 Tokyo Change Security code Change Language Eng sh Unsubscribe from this service Perform
385. nloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 581 Troubleshooting The Machine Cannot Be Powered On Printing Does Not Start Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected gt Paper Jams gt If an Error Occurs Search Each Function Problems with Network Communication Problems with Printing Problems with Printing Quality Problems with Scanning Problems with the Machine Problems with Installation Downloading About Errors Messages Displayed gt If You Cannot Resolve the Problem Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 582 Problems with Network Communication Problems with the Machine While Using with Network Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network gt Other Problems with Network Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 583 Problems with the Machine While Using with Network The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Machine Printing Speed Is Slow Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 584 The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly Cannot Communicate with the Machine After the Network Settings Are Changed Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with the Machine Using the Access Point Mode Cannot Print or Scan from
386. nly to the cropping frames scan areas or the frame selected in thumbnail view e You can select multiple frames or cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key e You can also select a color tone from the color pattern displayed on the left of the Color Pattern screen e You can also use this function to add a specific tint to an image Increase the magenta to add a warm tint and increase the blue to add a cool tint Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 500 Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance You can brighten colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast by using Saturation Color Balance in ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab Note e Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window Saturation Adjust the image s saturation vividness You can brighten colors that have faded with time etc Move Slider under Saturation to the left to decrease the saturation darken the image and to the right to increase the saturation brighten the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Note The natural color tone of the original image may be lost if you increase saturation too much Color Balance Adjust images that have a colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 501 Move Slider under Color Balance to the left or r
387. non Inkjet Cloud Printing Center na Canon U Cloud Printing Center Canon I Cloud Printing Center E mal address E mail address Password Keep login info Reset password from here Create new accourt System requremerts Sofware bcense info Log in gt Important e You have 5 tries to enter your password If you fail you will not be able to log in for about the next hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access Language Select the language you will be using E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration D Important The e mail address is case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Reset password from here Select this if you forgot the password Reset your password by following the instructions on the screen Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 49 Create new account A new registration will be added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center System requirements This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Help legal notices smartphone and tablet devices only The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Software license i
388. nsity To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position Note e Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available e Click Defaults to set File to blank Layout Method to Fill page and the Intensity slider to the middle Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background Title Enter the title to save the background image you specified Up to 64 characters can be entered DJ Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Backgrounds Shows a list of registered background titles Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title Save Save overwrite Saves the image data as a background After inserting the Title click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary background Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list and then click this button Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 375 Maintenance tab Description The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer Quick Setup Man Page Setup Martenance pam Cesning lt Bminates unwarted smudges and ines n the pert reak K ge AET by ropta deanng Part Head Aigresert m Executes pirt head aigrmart to correct i Pe misaignmers of colors and
389. nt the printer can communicate with the access point Otherwise refer to displayed comments and the following to improve the status of communication link and click Remeasurement Check that the printer and the access point are located within the wireless connectivity range with no obstacles between them Check if the distance between the printer and the access point is not too far If they are too far move them closer together within 164 ft 50 m Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the access point In general connection performance decreases for communications through walls or between different floors Adjust the locations to avoid such situations Check that there are no sources of radio interference near the printer and the access point The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference Try to keep the printer and the access point away from such sources Check if the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby If the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby the connection performance may become unstable Be sure to use a radio channel that does not interfere with other access points Check that the printer and the access point face each other Connection performance may depend on the orientations of the wireless devices Replace the access point and t
390. nt function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape On the Page Setup tab you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the check box Ink Drying Wait Time The printer can pause before printing a subsequent page Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 381 About dialog box When you click About the About dialog box is displayed This dialog box displays the version copyright and module list of the printer driver You can select the language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window Modules Lists the printer driver modules Language Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window Important If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system the characters
391. nter Select a printer to associate with and cack OK Model Pot Name Canon mg rv Canon vr Microsoft PORTPROMPT Microsoft 1 Model Displays the name of device specified as a destination port It is blank if the name of device is not detected 2 Printer Displays the printer driver installed in the computer Select the printer for which you want to change the association 3 OK Performs association Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 242 Network Information Screen Display the network information that is set for the printers and the computers To display the Network Information screen select Network Information from the View menu Network Information ooo i IE wos F me oe Pe i Sy o om 1 OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 2 Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 243 Appendix for Network Communication Using the Card Slot over a Network When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port About Technical Terms Restrictions gt About Firewall Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 244 Using the Card Slot over a Network 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network Mounting the Card Slot as th
392. nting If you notice blurs or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again You can confirm the print quality setting using the printer driver Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data If the problem is not resolved there may be other causes See also the sections below Cannot Print to End of Job No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Colors Are Unclear Lines Are Misaligned Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched gt Back of the Paper Is Smudged Colors Are Uneven or Streaked If the Printed Paper Has Been Discolored Colors may fade with time if the printed paper is left for a long period of time Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 614 After printing dry the paper sufficiently avoid high temperatures high humidity and direct sunlight and store or display indoors at room temperature and normal humidity To avoid direct exposure to air it is recommended that you store the paper in an album plastic folder photo frame etc Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 615 Cannot Print to End of Job Select the setting not to compress the printing data If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are
393. nting is in progress as this can damage the machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 686 1401 Cause The FINE cartridge is not installed Action Install the FINE cartridge If the error is not resolved the FINE cartridge may be damaged Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 687 1403 Cause The FINE cartridge cannot be recognized Action Replace the FINE cartridge If the error is not resolved the FINE cartridge may be damaged Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 688 1485 Cause Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed Action Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this machine Install the appropriate ink cartridge If you want to cancel printing press the machine s Stop button Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 689 1682 Cause The FINE cartridge cannot be recognized Action Replace the FINE cartridge If the error is not resolved the FINE cartridge may be damaged Contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 690 1684 Cause The ink cartridge cannot be recognized Action Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this machine Install the appropriate ink cartridge If you want to cancel printing press the machine s Stop button Downloaded from
394. nting profile is as follows Registering a Printing Profile 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the necessary items From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select the printing profile to be used and if necessary change the settings after Additional Features You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs 3 Click Save Porter Paper Sze Letter 35 19 22x23cm Onertation Potrat Papet Source Rear Tray 4 Save the settings Enter a name in the Name field If necessary click Options set the items and then click OK In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box click OK to save the print settings and return to the Quick Setup tab The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 166 Important e To save the page size orientation and number of copies that was set in each sheet click Options and check each item DJ Note e When you re install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved If a profile is deleted register the print settings again Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile 1 Select the printing profile to be deleted Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup
395. nts folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder e Refer to Settings Dialog Box for how to specify a folder Integrate with Applications You can utilize scanned images through integration with other applications display scanned images in your favorite application attach them to e mails extract text from images and more Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 412 JPEG Image Quality POF Compressons F Create a POF fe hat supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date Open with an application O Send to an application O Send to a folder O Attah to emai Ostet oca O Do not start any agpication gt Important e Some functions are available only when My Image Garden is installed 2 Note e Refer to Settings Dialog Box for how to set the applications to integrate with Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 413 Starting IJ Scan Utility gt Note e If you have more than one scanner or have changed the connection from USB connection to network connection set up the network environment from IJ Scan Utility Network Scan Settings Follow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Select IJ Scan Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Scan Utility If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start scree
396. nualsPrinter com Manuals 366 Duplex Printing Manual Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper Check this check box to print the document on both sides This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout is selected Stapling Side Selects the stapling margin position The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best stapling margin position Check Stapling Side and select from the list to change it Specify Margin Opens the Specify Margin dialog box You can specify the width of the margin Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 Important e If the application used to create your document has a similar function specify the number of copies with the application without specifying it here Print from Last Page Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order If you do this you do not need to sort the pages into their correct order after printing Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order starting from the first page Collate Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together
397. nvelope to be used Note The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added printing profile is selected Save Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings Delete Deletes a registered printing profile Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings and click Delete When a confirmation message is displayed click OK to delete the specified printing profile J Note e Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Additional Features Displays the frequently used convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Wh
398. o a computer Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Document Scan dialog box Photo Scans items as photos and saves them to a computer Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Photo Scan dialog box Custom Scans items with your favorite settings and saves the images to a computer The item type can be automatically detected Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Custom Scan dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 436 Stitch Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box ScanGear Starts ScanGear scanner driver in which you can make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning Scan save settings and applications can be specified in the Settings ScanGear dialog box Instructions Opens this guide Settings Displays the Settings dialog box in which you can specify the scan save settings and the response after scanning Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 437 Settings Dialog Box if There are two tabs in the Settings dialog box Le Scanning from a Computer and a General Settings When you clic
399. o delete a print page click View Thumbnails from the Option menu and select the print page to be deleted Next on the Edit menu select Delete Page from Pages Print page recovery You can recover pages that were deleted with Delete Page To recover pages select the View Deleted Pages check box from the Option menu and select the pages to be recovered from among the displayed thumbnail pages Then from the Edit menu chose Pages and then Restore Page Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 312 After editing the print documents or print pages you can change the print settings on the Page Information Layout and Manual Color Adjustment tabs as necessary Important To display the multiple documents in the list open the preview and execute print again To return the print documents to their original condition before they were edited in the preview on the Edit menu select Reset Documents from Documents If the documents to be combined have different print settings a message may be displayed Check the contents of the displayed message before combining the documents If the documents to be combined have different output paper sizes and duplex printing or page layout printing is to be performed the printer may not produce the expected print results for certain print pages Check the preview before printing Depending on the print settings of the print document some functions may not be available in the Canon IJ XPS preview DJ
400. oaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 152 iil TTL When you have entered all the necessary values click OK Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes A B A Least noticeable horizontal stripes B Most noticeable horizontal stripes Note e To print and check the current setting open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 153 Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing automatic print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray Note The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment 4 Print head alignment
401. of such damages 9 Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof You may choose to offer and charge a fee for acceptance of support warranty indemnity or other liability obligations and or rights consistent with this License However in accepting such obligations You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility not on behalf of any other Contributor and only if You agree to indemnify defend and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by or claims asserted against such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 19 Enter keywords in the search window and click a Search You can search for target pages in this guide Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window Canon gt Language Search Tips amp gt Site Map gt Read Me First Online Manual You can see manuals of your product and applications Product Manuals You can learn how to handle and operate your product J Note The displayed screen may vary When searching from this page or the Home page without entering your product s model name or your application s name all products supported by this guide will be considered for the search If you want to narrow down the search results add your produ
402. olution Data Formats gt Color Matching Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 560 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Cropping is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it In the Image Stitch window you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area Note e Refer to Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with ScanGear scanner driver Initial Cropping Frame No cropping frame is specified When you select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox an active cropping frame is automatically specified around the image in the Preview area You can drag the cropping frame to specify the area When you perform a scan the image in the area specified with the cropping frame will be scanned Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into iid I Sy ra Arrow when it is positioned over a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to expand or contract the cropping frame The cursor will change into fo Crosshair Arrow when it is positioned within a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to move the entire cropping frame Deleting Cropping Frames To delete the cropping frame deselect the Adjust cropping frames checkbox Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 561 Resolution The data in the image you have scanned is a collec
403. olution Follow the instruction in the message Printer Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer Indicates that a warning operator call error has occurred or the printer is working There has been an error which requires a service FINE cartridge Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a low ink warning or a no ink error occurs In addition this function displays graphics showing the estimated ink levels of the FINE cartridge In this case click the graphics to open the Ink Details dialog box You can check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your printer Document Name Shows the name of the document to be printed Owner Shows the owner s name of the document to be printed Printing Page Shows the number of printing page and total printing pages Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 394 Display Print Queue Shows the print window used to manage the print job that is being printed or being in the print queue Cancel Printing Cancels the current print job J Important e The Cancel Printing button is enabled only while print data is being sent to the printer Once the print data has been sent the button is grayed out and becomes unavailable Option Menu If you select Enable Status Monitor when a printer related message is generated the Canon lJ Status Monitor starts When Enable Status Monitor is selected foll
404. om Operation Panel Settings The Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen appears You can select up to three scanners and printers in total for scanning from the operation panel You can scan items using the operation panel of the selected scanner or printer and send the scanned images to your computer over a network Important e When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel that model does not appear in Scanners and the setting is not available Scan from Operation Panel Settings Screen Click Scan from Operation Panel Settings in the Scan from PC Settings screen to display the Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen Scanners MAC addresses of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are displayed You can select up to three scanners and printers in total at the same time Selecting a scanner or printer automatically enables scanning from the operation panel Instructions Opens this guide Important e When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel Scan from Operation Panel Settings may appear in the Scan from PC Settings screen however the setting is not available Note e If your scanner or printer does not appear check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again e MP Drivers is installed e Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP
405. ome of Stamp Settings 1 Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed Select the Stamp check box in the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box Then from the list select the title of the stamp to be changed 2 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 3 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window 4 Overwrite save the stamp Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab When you want to save the stamp with a different title type a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Deleting an Unnecessary Stamp 1 Click Define Stamp in the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the stamp to be deleted Select the title of the stamp you want to delete from the Stamps list on the Save settings tab Then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 303 Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used You can select a bitmap file omp and register it as a new background You can also change and register some of the setting
406. ommunication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status 3 Set the quiet mode If necessary specify one of the following items Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function D Important e You can set the quiet mode from the printer the printer driver or ScanGear scanner driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the printer or printing and scanning from the computer e If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours quiet mode is not applied to operations copy direct print etc performed directly from the printer 4 Apply the settings Make sure that the printer is on and click OK Click OK when the confirmation message appears The settings are enabled hereafter Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 171 Note e The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print qua
407. onmental conditions either very high or low temperature and humidity In such cases reduce the sheets of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit e Always load the paper in portrait orientation regardless of the printing orientation When you load the paper load the paper with the print side facing UP Align the paper stack against the right side of the rear tray and slide the paper guide so that it just touches the left edge of the stack Loading Paper Check to see if the paper you are printing on is not too thick or curled Media Types You Cannot Use Make sure of the following when you load envelopes e When printing on envelopes refer to Loading Paper and prepare the envelopes before printing Once you have prepared the envelopes load them in portrait orientation If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation they will not feed properly Confirm that the media type and the paper size settings correspond with the loaded paper Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray If the paper tears in the rear tray see Paper Jams to remove it If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray be sure to turn off the machine unplug it from the power supply then remove the foreign object Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 610 CA Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller 3 Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will w
408. or 3 Click Preview Preview image appears in the Preview area Basc Mode Advanced Mode 1 Select Source S 0 HA Print v Outpat See Mexble J Wwertepetren a CI Adjest cropping frames image corrections ia C corect facing Color PINEN 3 3 Pertorme Scan 33 Important e Preview is not displayed when an ADF type is selected for Select Source 3J Note e Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source 4 Set Destination 2 Note e Skip ahead to Step 7 when an ADF type is selected for Select Source 5 Set Output Size according to purpose Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination 6 Adjust the cropping frames scan areas as required Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear 7 Set Image corrections as required Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 484 8 Click Scan Scanning starts Note e Click J Information to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings document type etc A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box Related Topic Basic Mode Tab Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 485 Scanning in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode output resolution image
409. orcast etc and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 517 Important e This setting is not available when you select Color Matching on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box Perform Scan Scan Starts scanning Note e When scanning starts the progress will be displayed Click Cancel to cancel the scan Preferences Opens the Preferences dialog box in which you can make scan preview settings Close Closes ScanGear scanner driver 2 Toolbar You can adjust or rotate preview images The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view In thumbnail view RI 2 99 00 ool Aa g zaj Ba eel aa OO SA In whole image view gt MH 4 A m coy a El o Thumbnail m Whole Image Switches the view in the Preview area 3 Preview Area zal Rotate Left Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter clockwise e The result will be reflected in the scanned image e The image returns to its original state when you preview again za Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise The result will be reflected in the scanned image e The image returns to its original state when you preview again Xx 4 za lal Auto Crop Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the Previe
410. ording to the setting of the access point When the WEP Details screen appears after clicking Set on the Search screen follow the on screen instructions and set the key length the key format the key number and the authentication to enter a WEP key For details see Changing the WEP Detailed Settings When using WPA WPA2 The authentication method passphrase and dynamic encryption type must match on the access point the machine and the computer Enter the passphrase configured on the access point a sequence of between 8 and 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 character hexadecimal number Either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption is selected automatically for the dynamic encryption method For details see Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Note e This machine supports WPA WPA2 PSK WPA WPA2 Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Personal Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 599 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Search Screen You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the machine which has already been set up to use via a network A pas
411. ork Setup of the Card Slot Screen gods bh cdo d aad dd dead we hdd ed OE Dw 240 Associate Por SCreGN o05 0645 cao ee nese EER EERE OEE R EEG EERE eR E aed 242 Network information Sree od s 0es4 a 044 rate dnine po NRE deed wea ae LIne dee RBA 243 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Appendix for Network Communication 4 pind Cake ead pall AEE LE SEL ERE ES 244 Using the Card Slot over a Network aaa dda aae eh eae eateed dk daha eed kde hailed 245 When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port 0 0000 c eee ee eee 247 ADO TEChnieal VANS cco d ote eddies Ahaee eNO Nahe een eee aaa 248 RESIICUDNS 2 sida deed doe erir oeee nea BR ewe aS EE ee ee ee eee 255 AOU F rEN Ih ara ES SEa a doe wR a Ah Sie ee de aN a 256 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality a an anana aaa 257 Useful Information about Nk ee 3 0344 22eeabedetle wi dead bade a a R A 258 Key Points ta Successful Printing c0s02 uct 4000 cde beeew ee ee be daw rid deknen 259 Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper 2000 600c00 cae dacaseecan acd adane 260 Canceling a Print Job eee Cee ey eer ee ees PEEPI T oe 261 Stoning Printed Images essor akkaa Se ARG AAAA EE a r R a 262 Machine Handling Precautions Rear Pact a a s CETERE ETN eee Tore ree ere re ree ca 263 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality 1 25200 e00i0e640 4440 064404448 0e440e eae Cea 264 Precautions for Safe Trans
412. orm Bottom Plate Cleaning again DJ Note e When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again be sure to use a new piece of paper If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again the protrusions inside the machine may be stained Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 161 gt Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 162 Changing the Machine Settings Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel gt Initializing the Machine Settings Disabling the Wireless LAN Function of the Machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 163 Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Changing the Print Options Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 164 Changing the Print Options You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off The procedure for changing the print options is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup win
413. ositions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setting Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab opening the Custom Settings dialog box and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 355 To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose To set the print quality level individually click the Main tab and for Print Quality select Custom The Set becomes enabled Click Set to open the Custom dialog box and then specify the desired settings High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Rear Tray Paper is always supplied from the rear tray Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 J Important e When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However
414. osts on the Internet or the LAN This protocol allows different terminals to communicate with each other TKIP An encryption protocol employed by WPA WPA2 e USB Serial interface designed to enable you to hot swap devices i e by plugging and unplugging them without turning off the power Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 252 WwW e WCN Windows Connect Now Users running Windows Vista or later can obtain the setting information directly via wireless network WCN NET WEP WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 Wi Fi International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE 802 11 specification This machine is a Wi Fi authorized product Wireless LAN A network that instead of being connected by physical wires is connected by a wireless technology such as Wi Fi WPA Security framework announced by the Wi Fi Alliance in October 2002 The security has been strengthened more than WEP o Authentication WPA defines the following authentication methods PSK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA 802 1x that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA PSK e Passphrase This encrypted key is used to per
415. ot be fed properly 4 A 3 B C B Rear side C Address side Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 110 JJ Note Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark D 3J Note e The machine may make operating noise when feeding envelopes e After loading envelopes select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 111 Media Types You Can Use Use plain paper for printing texts or photo paper for printing photos for the best print results We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos Media Types Commercially available papers e Plain Paper including recycled paper Envelopes 1 Canon genuine papers The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on handling paper For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper access our website Note e You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number Purchase paper by name Paper for printing photos e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt 1 e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt 1 e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt 1 Printing to this pape
416. ow Highlight Input brightness Adjusting Tone Curve In Select Tone Curve select a tone curve from No correction Overexposure Underexposure High contrast Reverse the negative positive image and Edit custom curve No correction No adjustment Overexposure Convex curve The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the highlight of the output side resulting in a bright toned image when viewed on a monitor Underexposure Concave curve The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the shadow of the output side resulting in a dark toned image when viewed on a monitor High contrast S curve The highlight and shadow of the input side are enhanced resulting in a high contrast image Reverse the negative positive image Downward sloping line The input and output sides are reversed resulting in a negative positive inverted image Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 510 Edit custom curve You can drag specific points on the Tone Curve to freely adjust the brightness of the corresponding areas Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 511 Setting Threshold You can sharpen text in a document or reduce show through in newspapers by adjusting the threshold level via 4 Threshold in ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab Oefests Note This function is available when Color Mode is Black and White e Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the curr
417. owing commands are available Always Display Current Job Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor during printing Always Display on Top Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows Display Warning Automatically When a Low Ink Warning Occurs Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front of the other windows when a low ink warning occurs Start when Windows is Started Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor automatically when you start Windows Ink Details Menu Select this menu to display the Ink Details dialog box Check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your printer Ink Details dialog box This function displays graphics and messages showing the FINE cartridge type and the estimated ink levels Ink Information displayed at left Shows the FINE cartridge types with graphics If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs the printer driver displays an icon to let you know If the icon is displayed operate the printer according to the instructions displayed on the screen Message displayed at right Shows information such as the ink status and ink colors with sentences Ink Model Number Shows the FINE cartridge types for your printer Close Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ Status Monitor is displayed and
418. ownloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Read Me First Notes on Online Manual Usage How to Print Notes on Online Manual Usage e Reproduction diversion or copying of any text photo or image published in the Online Manual hereinafter referred to as this guide in whole or in part is prohibited e In principle Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers In addition Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this guide or suspension stoppage of disclosure of this guide Although the contents of this guide have been prepared with utmost care please contact the service center if you find any incorrect or missing information e In principle the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial sale e This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon See the manual supplied with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide How to Print Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide To set to print background colors and images follow the steps below J Note e In Windows 8 print in the desktop version In Internet Explorer 9 10 or 11 1 Select Ej Tools gt Print gt Page setup 2 Select the Print Ba
419. paper from the paper output slot or the rear tray remove the paper from inside the machine Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine 2 Reload the paper and press the machine s Black or Color button If you turned off the machine in step 1 all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly e We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or graphics otherwise the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 679 Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or from the rear tray or if the jammed paper remains inside the machine remove the paper following the procedure below J Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply 2 Retract the paper output tray then open the cover gt Important e Do not touch the clear film A If the paper or your hands touch the cl
420. paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the margin for stapling and the margin width Click Specify and specify the following settings in the Booklet Printing dialog box and then click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 294 ches 0012 Margin for stapling Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed Insert blank page To leave one side of a sheet blank check the check box and select the page to be left blank Margin Enter the margin width The specified width from the center of the sheet becomes the margin width for one page Page Border To print a page border around each document page check the check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document will be printed on one side of a sheet of paper When the printing of one side is complete set the paper correctly by following the message and click OK When the printing of the other side is complete fold the paper at the center of the margin and make a booklet Important Booklet cannot be selected when a media type other than Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab Note The stamp and background are not printed on the inserted blank sheets with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 295 Duplex Printing Travel Guide The procedure for prin
421. paper smaller than A5 Picture postcards Postcards Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive Any type of paper with holes Paper that is not rectangular Paper bound with staples or glue Paper with adhesives Paper decorated with glitter etc Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 115 Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Letter Legal gt Envelopes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 116 Printing Area To ensure the best print quality the machine allows a margin along each edge of media The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins Recommended printing area Hl Canon recommends that you print within this area Printable area LA The area where it is possible to print However printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 117 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Printable Area width x height se he o fia is a D B ee alte E F E Recommended printing area A 1 24 inches 31 6 mm B 1 15 inches 29 2 mm CL Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 66 inch 16 7 mm E 0 13 inch 3 4 mm F 0 13 inch 3 4 mm x i Da DY Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 118 Letter Legal or a D wi eo y m
422. pears Bee Ung printer Ee Manage user User list Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 3 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can use the Mng printer functions to change the printer name 4 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 60 e ce Sort Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area Drag the app to change the order Drag apps to rearrange the order Be CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums CL 2 CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM ie paper craft When you finish sorting press the Set sort order button and confirm the order Ea Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered
423. per Size to Full Platen then measure the size of the document and enter the values into Width and Height Original Orientation Set the orientation and stapling side of the documents to scan from the ADF Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 528 Click Settings to open the Orientation dialog box Origins Orientation wx Portrat R Otandscape Bindery Location RIR Weng Edge R x Os R Short Edge Important The Orientation dialog box can only be opened when Select Source is Document ADF Simplex or Document ADF Duplex e Binding Location is displayed when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning Binding Location cannot be specified when Select Source is Document ADF Simplex Color Mode Select how to scan the document Color Select this mode to scan color documents or to create color images This mode renders the image in 256 levels 8 bit of R ed G reen and B lue Grayscale Select this mode to scan black and white photos or to create black and white images This mode renders the image in 256 levels 8 bit of black and white Black and White Select this mode to scan photos and documents in black and white This mode renders the image in black and white The contrast in the image is divided at certain levels threshold level into black and white and is rendered in two colors The threshold level can be set with 4 Threshold Input Size In thumbnail view th
424. place a FINE cartridge Note e If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge contact the service center When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are Misaligned Align the print head From the machine Aligning the Print Head From the computer Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 138 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle Note e If the remaining ink level is low the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the rear tray 3 Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension 4 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes once then release it immediately The nozzle check pattern will be printed Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern 5 Examine the nozzle check pattern Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 139 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern and clean the print head if necessary 1 Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A
425. played as CNBJNP_XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX iS the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the machine If the setting is incorrect Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or install them from our website Printing does not start even though the machine is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named USBnnn is selected In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer If My Printer is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for My Printer Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your machine s name In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your machine s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or install them from our website Printing does not start even though the port named CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx is selected when the machine is used over LAN Launch IJ Network Tool and select CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx as you confirmed in step 4 then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in the Settings menu If the probl
426. port of the Machine 000 cece 265 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images 266 Ser sisson koh Che ar See desesdG betes A E E E E E een ae 267 About the Administrator Password 0000 cee cece eee 271 a a e EEA E E eee ge A A E E A EA eee ERE NAA T 272 Printing fom a Computel 2 os ae as beens cn cer niara anan EEEE a ARA a a E E 273 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver 00000 00 ee 274 Paomng AMEI y SOUD aeri ireann hl cas he ad aa ada ein a ck heed aA a sare Bs 275 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver sc223444 ssi agence oQauies os toga dues eae snes 277 Various Printing Methods ial EN E Peep PLT TOPOR NA ree DEDEN sasas CEO Setting a Page Size and Orientation 14062420046 eceghnaneeideged eden ean ene ees 279 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order 0000 e een ene 280 Setting the Stapling MANN 5254 244 4 6aNe ahe6G So RAS ddia TRANG Deed JAMS Gass 282 Fit to Page Printing saa dee hated eee Gaia gid Cer Te Ty E Tree weer _ 284 Scaled PMN 0 9 4449 45 4 00 444 TARA ER REDS ER I REED EL AERA EONS R ODA 286 Page Layout Printing TETT E E E A S S A STEET TT _ 289 Timog Poster PANINO essre eee tee ee Ae Sey REE E oes wae 291 Poono PMU eea a a ke hb rn eA AO sacl Boke dao dee Rag heheh aos 294 Duplex IP MIME UE as ie eo tae he he irik Sa ache hb PB eae aa Beech Be cde Gr cbr SEM ach B
427. portant e If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the device and access point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection charges may apply depending on your contract e When you connect a device and the printer in access point mode the connection information will be saved to Wi Fi settings The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after disconnecting it or connecting it to another access point e You cannot connect to an access point and the printer that is in access point mode at the same time If you have an access point it is recommended that you use the access point to connect to the printer e To prevent automatic connection to the printer that is in access point mode change the connection mode after using the printer or set not to connect automatically in the Wi Fi settings of the device For details on how to change the settings of a device refer to the manual supplied with the device or contact its manufacturer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 34 When connecting a device and the printer in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used In access point mode you can connec
428. pported by Auto are photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 453 e To scan the following types of items specify the item type or size You cannot scan correctly with Auto e A4 size photos e Text documents smaller than 2L 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as paperback pages with the spine cut off e Items printed on thin white paper e Long narrow items such as panoramic photos e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected e Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Refer to Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer for how to place items Note e To convert text in the image into text data after scanning specify Select Source instead of selecting Auto To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item D gt Note e Only Color is available when Select Source is Auto Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK aches 1 00 8 50 inches 1 00 11 69 J Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto e Click Defaults in the screen in which you can specify the paper size to restore the specified s
429. preview before printing open the printer driver setup window click the Main tab and check the Preview before printing check box When you do not want to display a preview before printing uncheck the check box Important e If you are using the XPS printer driver see Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 348 Deleting the Undesired Print Job If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Status Monitor with Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor when reading this information If the printer does not start printing canceled or failed print job data may be remaining Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor 1 Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor Click the icon of the Canon IJ Status Monitor displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears 2 Display the print jobs Click Display Print Queue The print queue window opens 3 Delete the print jobs Select Cancel All Documents from the Printer menu When the confirmation message appears click Yes The deletion of the print job is complete gt Important e Users who have not been granted access permission for printer management cannot delete the print job of another user DJ Note e When you perform this operation all print jobs are deleted If the print queue list con
430. r Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 468 Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 469 Save Settings Dialog Box Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog box to display the Save Settings dialog box after scanning You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results Important e After scanning from My Image Garden the Save Settings dialog box does not appear Data Format JPEG Image Quality _ Save to a subfolder with current date 1 Preview Operation Buttons 2 Scan Results Area 3 Save Settings Area 1 Preview Operation Buttons fm anh a eal Rotate Left 90 Rotate Right 90 Rotates scanned images 90 degrees counter clockwise or clockwise cE ah Select the image you want to rotate then click ka Rotate Left 90 or zaj Rotate Right 90 Important The preview operation buttons do not appear when the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in the Settings ScanGear dialog box 2 Scan Results Area Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images You can change the save order of images via drag and drop The file names for saving appear below the thumbnails Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 470 3 Save Settings Area File Name
431. r you cannot change the network settings over network e Log into a user account with administrator privilege 1 Perform the procedure to uninstall IJ Network Tool e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 1 Select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Uninstall If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue e In Windows 7 or Windows Vista 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Uninstall If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue e In Windows XP 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Remove 2 Click Yes when the confirmation message appears When the message prompting you to restart your computer is displayed click OK to restart your computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 664 About Errors Messages Displayed gt If an Error Occurs gt A Message Is Displayed Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 665 If an Error Occurs When an error occurs in printing such as the machine is out of paper or paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action described i
432. r on the Associate Port screen Select a printer to associate with a created port 5 Click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 247 About Technical Terms In this section technical terms used in the manual are explained A Access Point A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients the machine and rebroadcasts it Required in an infrastructure network Access point mode The machine is used as an access point to connect external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets in an environment where no access point or wireless LAN router is available You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode Ad hoc Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer to peer basis i e all clients in with the same SSID network name communicate directly with each other No access point is required This machine does not support ad hoc communication Admin Password Administrator password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users It must be entered to access the printer and change printer settings AES An encryption method It is optional for WPA WPA2 Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U S government organizations for information processing Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 248 Authentication Method The method that an access point uses to authentic
433. r 710 OOOO a ee ee eee er re ee ee ee er ee ee ee eee 711 i Te eee ee ee ee eee eT eee ree ee eee ee eT ee ee ee 712 So D T E A E E r A A E E N EA E T EE E E 713 COO ereire ee er A E ee ee a iea 714 OOO eee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee A a ee re ee 715 Bo E weneecehbes diners E T E ns EE T A EE 716 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 5s Ged ee bape E eae edaees este 4a eagueddad6e tees eetaa tid 718 Deb E A A T EEEE A E A E EE E A EEEE 719 o ea E E E E T eee ee ee eee ee T EEE 720 Nl ee eee ee a ee ee Te ee ee ee ee ee eee eT ee re ee oe ee eee R 721 Wee coe chee A E T se ted ee Rhee Ge Geek E EEEE E A EEEE TT 722 E e E Se eee ee EE EPE ee eee ere EEE EL T EEE ee 723 Se ee eee eee ee ee eee ee eee ee ee ee were ee ee ee ee a 724 Ooo ci A A E ed sndeeeeseghae bese se eesace Saher A EET 725 ok ee ee a eee et Pree eee ee er ne Te ee ee er ee ee eee eee 726 OL eee ere tT eee ee ee Te eT eee ee eee ee ee eee ee ee eee re 727 OJAT ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eN 728 SoL tee ee Ce y re ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee 729 O ee AE REE A A E A ee eT ee eee Te ee R 730 J a ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee Eri 731 a E ee eee EE EE ee ee ee eee ETA TE EE 732 O E EE co ep hs 4a ha Ri E a ou ae a os Se E RR 733 B20 ee ee a eet i ee ee eee eee re eee 734 2 Ee ee ee ee Ce fe ee eT Toe ees See eee eee ee eee eee ee 735 Pi chaSGccuceb tenes cedeewiateeGeeetees sate esaatoseseeceduseeeeslus 736 Sb ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee TE 737 D
434. r com Manuals 184 Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable Connect the machine and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below The USB port is located on the rear of the machine Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 185 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup When the printer is detected during setup you may see multiple printers of the same name on the detection result screen Select a printer with checking the MAC address or the serial number set to the printer against that on the detection result screen Note A serial number may not be displayed on the detection result screen To check the MAC address of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 186 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN or to change the connection method between the machine and the computer from USB to LAN perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Connecting to Other Computer with LAN To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To change the connection method to LAN while you are us
435. r driver setup window and on the Page Setup tab set Page Size to the same paper size that you specified in Word Set the Page Layout that you want and then click OK to close the window Without starting printing close the Print dialog box Open Word s Print dialog box again Open the printer driver setup window and click OK Start printing NO BW If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator Adobe Systems Incorporated printing may take time or some data may not be printed Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 351 Printer Driver Description Quick Setup tab Description Main tab Description Page Setup tab Description Maintenance tab Description gt Canon IJ Preview Description gt Canon IJ XPS Preview Description gt Canon IJ Status Monitor Description Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 352 Quick Setup tab Description The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings When you select a registered setting the printer automatically switches to the preset items Portes Paper Size letio 35 19 22x23cm Onertation Potrat Papet Source Rea Tray C Aways Bret wth Curert Setings Commonly Used Settings The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document settings tha
436. r from a digital camera is not supported Paper Load Limit Paper Settings on the Printer Driver Note e When printing photos saved on a PictBridge compliant device you must specify the page size and media type Printing from a Digital Camera Page Sizes You can use the following page sizes gt Note e Printing on the following paper sizes from a digital camera is not supported B5 A5 Legal and Envelopes Standard sizes e Letter e Legal A5 A4 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 112 B5 e 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm e 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm Envelope DL e Envelope Com 10 Non standard sizes You can print on non standard size paper within the following ranges e Minimum size 4 00 x 6 00 inches 101 6 x 152 4 mm e Maximum size 8 50 x 26 61 inches 215 9 x 676 0 mm Paper Weight You can use paper in the following weight range e 17 to 28 Ib 64 to 105 g Im plain paper except for Canon genuine paper Do not use heavier or lighter paper except for Canon genuine paper as it could jam in the machine Notes on Storing Paper Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package just before printing To avoid curling when you do not print put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface And also store it avoiding heat humidity and direct sunlight Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 113 Paper Load Limit Commercial
437. r magazines Document Color Scan documents in color Document Grayscale Scan documents in black and white Document Color ADF Simplex Scan documents from the ADF in color Document Grayscale ADF Simplex Scan documents from the ADF in black and white Document Color ADF Duplex only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color Document Grayscale ADF Duplex only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 514 gt Important e Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF For details refer to the application s manual 3J Note e When you select a document type the unsharp mask function will be active e When you select an option other than the ADF types the image adjustment function which adjusts images based on the document type will also be active e If you select Magazine Color the descreen function will be active Display Preview Image Preview Performs a trial scan CI Adjest cropping frames image Corrections em C correct facing 3 Color Patten Pertorm Scan Note e When using the machine for the first time scanner calibration starts automatically Wait a while until the preview image appears Destination Select what you want to do with the scanned image Print Select this to print the scann
438. r sizes are selected The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows you to check the overall layout Largest Cyan Magenta Yellow 37 Intensity Contrast 49 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 362 Large Cyan Magenta Yellow 19 Intensity Contrast 25 Small Cyan Magenta Yellow 7 Intensity Contrast 9 Color Variation Between Instances Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns Select from Large Medium and Small Large produces a large amount of change and Small produces a small amount of change Note Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium Matching Tab Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed Color Correction Allows you to select Driver Matching ICM ICC Profile Matching or None to match the purpose of the print operation Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer ICM ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing Specify the input profile to be used Important e If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled ICM ICC Profile Matching is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the
439. r that links a LAN connected computer to the Internet When using a proxy server specify the address and the port number of the proxy server PSK An encryption method employed by WPA WPA2 Router A relay device to connect to another network Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 251 S e Signal Strength The strength of the signal received by the printer from the access point is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 SSID Unique label for wireless LAN It is often represented such as a network name or an access point name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name Stealth In the stealth mode an access point hides itself by not broadcasting its SSID The client must specify the SSID set to the access point to detect it Subnet Mask IP address has two components the network address and the host address Subnet Mask used to calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically Example IP Address 192 168 127 123 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Address 192 168 127 0 TCP IP Suite of communications protocols used to connect h
440. rast and so on are adjusted automatically Manual Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast etc and Color Correction method Set Select Manual for Color Intensity to enable this button In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box you can adjust individual color settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab and select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab DJ Note If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box to set the profile Grayscale Printing This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values factory settings Custom dialog box Set the quality level and select the desired print quality Quality You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level Important e
441. rch C Save to a subfolder mith current date Agpikaton Settings Open wih an application U Canon My Image Garden O Send to an apeiication A Preview O Send to a folder None Attach to emai d None Attach Manually C de not start any application 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear Supported Items Photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD gt Important e To scan the following types of items specify the item type and size in the Settings Document Scan dialog box Settings Photo Scan dialog box or Settings Custom Scan dialog box then click Photo Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen You cannot scan correctly with Auto A4 size photos e Text documents smaller than 2L 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as paperback pages with the spine cut off e Items printed on thin white paper e Long narrow items such as panoramic photos Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 439 e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected e Place items to be scanned on the platen correctly Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Refer to Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer for how to place items DJ Note e To r
442. rch Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 21 Notes on Operation Explanations In this guide most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when Windows 8 1 operating system called Windows 8 1 below or Windows 8 operating system called Windows 8 below is used Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 22 Useful Functions Available on the Machine Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden gt Download a Variety of Content Materials gt Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application gt Print Photos on Facebook Easily Using a Facebook App Print Your Days Connection Methods Available on the Machine Notice for Web Service Printing Use PIXMA Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print Checking Printer Information Online Storage Integration Function Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions Printing with Windows RT Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 23 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode The machine supports access point mode in which you can connect to the machine wirelessly from a computer or smartphone even in an environment without an access point or wireless LAN router Switch to access point mode with simple steps to enjoy scanning and printing wirelessly When you use the machine with the access point mode be sure to specify the access point
443. rd cannot be guaranteed Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance such as printing speed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 255 About Firewall A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network Precautions When a Firewall Function is Enabled A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer This may disable printer setup and communications During the printer setup you may be prompted to enable or disable communications depending on the firewall function of the security software or operation system If so choose to enable communications When using IJ Network Tool you may be prompted to enable or disable communications depending on the firewall function of the security software If so choose to enable communications If you cannot set up the printer temporarily disable the firewall function of the security software or operation system Important e If you disabled the firewall function disconnect your network from the Internet Some applications like the network configuration software override firewall settings Check the application s settings beforehand If the printer you use is set to Get IP address automatically the IP address changes every time the printer connects to the network This may disable printer s
444. rection functions Color Adjustment Buttons Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the image s overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values histogram or balance tone curve Zoom Zooms in on a frame or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame scan area When zoomed in Zoom changes to Undo Click Undo to return the display to its non magnified state In thumbnail view When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view clicking this button zooms in on the selected frame Click KI ua Frame Advance at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next frame Note e You can also zoom in on an image by double clicking the frame Double click the frame again to return the display to its non magnified state In whole image view Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification Note e Zoom rescans the document and displays high resolution image in Preview oN Enlarge Reduce on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly However the resolution of the displayed image will be low Preview Performs a trial scan Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 523 Scan Starts scanning 3J Note e When scanning starts the progress will be displayed Click Cancel to cancel the scan e When scanning is completed a dialog box prompting you
445. residue especially on the glass surface B A gt Important The inner side of the document cover white sheet B is easily damaged so wipe it gently Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 159 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the paper feed rollers are dirty or paper powder is attached to it paper may not be fed properly In this case clean the paper feed rollers Cleaning will wear out the paper feed rollers so perform this only when necessary You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the market 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and remove any paper from the rear tray 2 Clean the paper feed rollers without paper 1 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes seven times then release it immediately The paper feed rollers will rotate as it is cleaned 3 Clean the paper feed rollers with paper 1 Make sure that the paper feed rollers have stopped rotating load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the market in the rear tray 2 Pull out the paper output tray and the output tray extension 3 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes seven times then release it immediately The machine starts cleaning The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed rollers in the rear tray turn off the power unplu
446. rinter driver setup window 2 Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 146 When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning 3 Execute deep cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Click OK when the confirmation message appears Print head deep cleaning starts 4 Complete deep cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel Important e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Note e If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning turn off the printer wait 24 hours and then perform Deep Cleaning again If there is still no sign of improvement see Ink Is Not Ejected Related Topic Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 147 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollersfrom Your Computer Cleans the paper feed rollers Perform feed roller cleaning when there are paper particles sticking to the paper feed rolle
447. rrent window Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red Green and Blue in various proportions gradation These colors can be adjusted individually as a channel Master Adjust the Red Green and Blue combined Red Adjust the Red channel Green Adjust the Green channel Blue Adjust the Blue channel Note e Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale Reading Histograms You can see the histogram of a specified area for each Channel The higher the histogram peak the more data is distributed to that level Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 505 1 Bright area 2 Dark area 3 Whole image More data is distributed to the More data is distributed to the Data is widely distributed between the highlight side shadow side highlight and shadow Adjusting Histograms Using the Slider Select a Channel then move Black point Slider or A White point Slider to specify the level to be set as the shadow or highlight All parts to the left of s Black point Slider will be black level 0 e The parts at Mid point Slider will turn to the color exactly between the black point and white point All parts to the right of A White point Slider will turn white level 255 When Image Adjustment is set to anything but None the adjustments shown below are performed automatically Moving the Black point and White point Sliders Move the Black point S
448. rs and paper is not fed properly The procedure for performing the feed roller cleaning is as follows Roller Cleaning 1 Prepare the printer Remove all sheets of paper from the rear tray 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Click Roller Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The confirmation message appears 4 Execute paper feed roller cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK Paper feed roller cleaning starts 5 Complete paper feed roller cleaning After the rollers have stopped follow the message instructions and load one sheet of plain paper or a cleaning sheet available on the market into the rear tray Then click OK Paper will be ejected and feed roller cleaning will be completed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 148 Aligning the Print Head When you perform head position adjustment errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and conditions such as color and line streaking are improved If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions adjust the position of the print head On this printer you can adjust the print head either automatically or manually Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 149 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic h
449. s Firmware update This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information Manual Online This function displays the Online Manual Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 79 Online Storage Integration Function The printer can integrate with online storage services such as Evernote Integration with Online Notetaking Service J Evernote If an Evernote client application is installed on your computer you can import scanned images into the application and upload them to the Evernote server The uploaded images can be browsed from other computers smartphones etc To use Evernote you need to create an account See the CREATE ACCOUNT page of Evernote for account creation Settings In the Settings Dialog Box of IJ Scan Utility select the item you want to set then select Evernote for Send to an application in Application Settings Refer to Settings Dialog Box for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details gt Important e The Evernote service features are subject to change or termination without prior notice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 80 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions Use PIXMA Printing Solutions to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly You can also receive scanned data PDF or JPEG directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a computer PIXMA Printing Solutions can be downloaded
450. s as follows file Egt Yew Zoom Option H a 2 O amp O B Oocument Name tent Nolepes a Print Combine Documents E Delete Document E Reset Documents E View Thumbnails af ap ab st Move Document A Undo 4 4 gt Di Move Page Lk Delete Page 3 Note Page Informatica Layout Manual Color Adjustment Printer Paper Size Letter amp 5 x1 1 22x28cm Media Type Pain Paper Paper Source Rear Tray Page Layout Normal size C Grayscale Printing C Duplex Printing Manual pedis gt es ee AAE e By clicking Fed View Thumbnails you can display or hide thumbnails of the print documents selected in the Document Name list e Clicking X Undo reverses the change that just performed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 311 Editing and Printing a Print Document When printing multiple documents or pages you can combine documents change the print sequence of the documents or pages or delete documents or pages 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing 4 Editing print documents and print pages e Combining print documents You can combine multiple print documents to form a single document By combining print documents you can prevent blank pages from being inserted when you exe
451. s button to rotate the cropping frame Click again to return it to the original orientation Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area within the Preview area If an area is not specified the document will be scanned at the document size Auto Crop If an area is specified only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Image corrections Allows you to apply corrections to images Important Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box Note e Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source Apply Auto Document Fix Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability Important e Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected e The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Correct fading Corrects and scans photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast Reduce gutter shadow Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets J Important e For precautions on using this function refer to Gutter Shadow Correction Color Pattern Allows you to adjust the image s overall color You can correct colors that have faded due to col
452. s displayed 4 When the confirmation screen to register the printer is displayed select Yes 5 In the print setup for Google Cloud Print select the display language and then select Authentication 6 When the registration completion message appears select OK Deleting the Printer from Google Cloud Print If the printer s owner changes or if you want to re register the printer delete the printer from Google Cloud Print by following the steps below 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Remote UI startup 3 Select Google Cloud Print setup gt Delete from Google Cloud Print 4 When the confirmation screen to delete the printer is displayed select Yes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 75 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically if the printer is turned on When printing from a smartphone tablet computer or other external device by using Google Cloud Print load paper into the printer in advance 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Note e If you want to send the print data from an outside location turn on the printer in advance 2 Send print data from your smartphone tablet or computer The figure below is an example of when printing from the web browser corresponding with Google Cloud Print The screen differs depending on the applications or services
453. s exceeded the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one Add documents from history to the list Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list This command has the same function as the Exit in the print settings area Edit Menu Selects the method for editing multiple documents or pages Undo Reverses the previous change If the change cannot be reversed this function is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the EX Undo on the toolbar Documents Selects the method for editing print documents Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Combine Documents on the toolbar Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored Ia This command has the same function as the EP Reset Documents on the toolbar Move Document Use the following command to change the order of the documents selected in the document list Move to First Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list If the c
454. s item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Enable switch printer function When you cannot use your printer you can use the same one on the network instead When you enable this function and you cannot use your printer the screen to confirm if you start searching the same printer as yours is displayed Follow the message on the screen DJ Note e When this function is enabled a check mark appears on the menu Associate Port Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer Associate Port Screen This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 234 Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive Maintenance Screen Set up printer s wireless LAN You can change the access point mode settings Perform settings following the message on the screen If you change the Encryption Method setting and the Password setting on the Set up printer s wireless LAN screen the changed settings are applied to the printer settings Note e You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN 4 Help menu Instructions Displays this guide About Displays the versio
455. s of an existing background An unnecessary background can be deleted The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows Registering New Background 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab CAA Nomalsize FitoPage Scaled Page Layo Ting Poster lt gt Vi Atoemabcally seduce large document that the perter canrct ofpt C Duplex Parting Manusi Stapling Sde Leng ede taping Lett 1 01 333 i Port trom Last Page J Collate oe ened em me The Stamp Background dialog box opens Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and Background cannot be used 3 Click Select Background The Background Settings dialog box opens Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 304 4 Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File Select the target bitmap file bmp and then click Open 5 Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window Layout Method Select how the background image data is to be placed When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window Intensity Set the intensity of the background image data with the Intensity slider Moving the slider to the right darkens the background and
456. s unavailable When Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list Duplex Printing Manual and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable Note e If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing perform Bottom Plate Cleaning in the Maintenance tab Related Topics Cleaning Inside the Printer Changing the Printer Operation Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 297 Stamp Background Printing Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data It also allows you to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data The procedure for performing stamp background printing is as follows Printing a Stamp CONFIDENTIAL IMPORTANT and other stamps that are used often in companies are pre registered 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab ao Nomalsize FitoPage Scaled Page Layout Ting Poster lt gt V Aatoenatically seduce large documert that the perter caret atot C Ouples Parting Manus Sapling Sde Lorg ede saping Leh 1 0 333 i Z Port trom Last Page V Collate ee The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens Note e With the
457. save to a subfolder wth current date C Check scan results 4 Select the Check scan results checkbox then click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 426 PEG Image Quaity Cl Save toa subfolder with current date F Check scan results The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 2 Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box 5 Click Photo Product Name Canon series xj 2 m D A 6 instructors Scanning starts When scanning is completed the Save Settings dialog box appears 2 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 6 Change the image order or file save options as required You can change the image order or file save options in the Save Settings dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 427 Note The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder 7 Click OK Scanned images are saved according to the settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 428 Sending Scanned Images via E mail You can send scanned images via e mail
458. scvdecseeerddrer ded eeedeceeeekeesanewees 163 Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer naas asosa aaaea aaae 164 Changing ihe Print OpUOnS sose senor ee ee trukit sotie Erro Eisa Enri i aa 165 Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile ic 0 c cacgsuud sd decadent db iaweewe en 166 Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used ci ccsc4 cctsacew rds badedi deed agewe dese wasn 168 Managing the Printer POWE 0iceecscpadiereasehaabenaseewhegindgecbartesnedens 169 Reducing the Printer Noise Mion E A OET 171 Changing the Printer Operation Mode ssssssesssesresesirrererseresarirreena 173 Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel TIPIN EE PEENE 174 ADOOS SEN e a aad aaa a a aa A a a a gs gn a a a 175 Turning on off the Machine Automatically ona aaaaaeaa ee 176 Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode 0002 cece eee eee eae 177 Initializing the Machine Settings lt gt 0t4setdanne binge av eho deere teed deed avee eee wewn we 180 Disabling the Wireless LAN Function of the Machine 00 00 cece ee eee 181 Information about Network Connection 222264 sssiss5es5e so sheseervesuaei ens 182 Useful Information about Network Connection 2020s 000s 20000 eased cna daaadedenaaa ane 183 Default Values Set at Factory NGIWOIK 0 0000 eee e eee Swe dd evens BORO eRe eee Hes 184 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Connecting the Machine to the Computer Us
459. se of the web services User registration is necessary before using the photo sharing site When you use the photo sharing site observe the conditions of use of the site and use the service within your own responsibility All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in Depending on your network environment some functions on web service are not available Even if they are available it may take a while to print or display the contents or communication may be interrupted while operation is in progress When you use web service your machine s name information of your region or country your selected language and what kind of service you use e g photo sharing site are sent to and saved in our server Canon is unable to identify specific customers using this information Your login name and password for the photo sharing site are saved in the machine s memory not encrypted If you hand over the machine to anyone or dispose of it delete your login name and password from the machine s memory in advance The account information will be sent to Canon Inc server located in Japan then forwarded to the service provider s server Canon handles your account information as follows o Your account information will be used in personal identification process of the selected service Canon will not provide your account information to any third party without your consent except for sending to
460. se the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 214 Search Screen DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The access points detected are listed The following access ports were detected Select the access point to connect to and cick Set Detected Access Points Strength Encryption Access Point Nam WEP WPAAWPA2 1 Detected Access Points The signal strength from the access point encryption type name of access point and the radio channel can be confirmed D Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Note e Signal strength is displayed as follows Til Good Ti Fair T Poor e Type of encryption is displayed as follows Blank No encryption WEP WEP is set WPA WPA2 WPA WPA2 is set 2 Update Click to update the list of access points when your target access point is not detected If the target access point is set to the stealth mode click Cancel to return to the previous screen and enter the access point s SSID in SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Wireless LAN Sheet Note e When detecting your target access point make sure that the access point is turned on Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 215 3 Set Click to set the access point s
461. select plain paper as media type or if you select B5 A5 size as paper size the print data is printed with border even when you select the borderless print setting The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data e Depending on the device sending the print data you may not select the print settings when sending the print data with Google Cloud Print Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 77 Checking Printer Information You can use your smartphone tablet or computer to check the Printer status and execute utility functions from apps such as Canon Inkjet Print Utility and PIXMA Printing Solutions You can also use the convenient web services presented by Canon 1 Selecting Printer Information in an Apps Screen Note e You can also enter IPv4 address directly in the web browser to display printer information T 2 3 Check that the printer has been turned on Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 6 times Release the button Printing of the network setup information starts From your computer smartphone or tablet device open the Web browser and enter the following URL http lt Printer IP address gt For lt Printer IP address gt enter the IP address that you checked in the previous procedure 2 Entering Username and Administrator s Password From the authentication screen enter the Username and
462. service from Remote UI the Printer registration ID is entered automatically 7 When an e mail with the subject Information on Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is sent to the e mail address that you entered select the URL 8 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if you agree Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 44 License agreement Engish Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion IAlhan tha Tarme ara madifiaod Danan Do not agree Agree Privacy statement Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you express
463. shold at which black and white are divided By adjusting the threshold level you can sharpen text in a document or reduce show through in newspapers Setting Threshold Custom You can name and save a set of tone curve and threshold settings of the Color Adjustment Buttons Select Add Delete from the pull down menu when Color Mode is set to anything but Black and White the Add Delete Tone Curve Settings dialog box opens when Color Mode is Black and White the Add Delete Threshold Settings dialog box opens Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 540 Enter Setting Name and click Add the name appears in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List Click Save to save To delete an item select it in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List and click Delete Click Save to save the settings displayed in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List You can load and apply the saved tone curve threshold settings to a preview image To load the settings select the saved item from the pull down menu J Note e Save up to 20 items Defaults Reset all adjustments saturation color balance brightness contrast histogram and tone curve Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 541 Preferences Dialog Box In the Preferences dialog box you can make advanced settings to ScanGear scanner driver functions via the Scanner Preview Scan and Color Settings tabs Click Preferences in the Sc
464. sity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust color balance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 397 There are individual sliders for Cyan Magenta and Yellow Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left For example when cyan becomes weaker the color red becomes stronger You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK y ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tygo Rarderd v Mew Color Patten Pryt a patien for color adaustrmert 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document is printed with the adjusted color balance 339 Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver euee ese Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 328 Adjustin
465. so directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking this button restores all the settings on this tab to their default values factory settings Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings Duplex Printing Manual Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper If the duplex print settings cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Important e When you select Booklet for Page Layout Duplex Printing Manual of the print settings area will be set automatically In this case Duplex Printing Manual is grayed out and is unavailable Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 If the numbers of copies cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list Print Prints the documents selected in the docum
466. station as far away from the interference source as possible Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct Make sure that the computer can communicate with the access point over the wireless LAN Make sure that Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the machine and computer to the LAN side same network segment If the problem is not resolved perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 597 Other Problems with Network Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten Checking Information about the Network Packets Are Sent Steadily How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 598 Forgot
467. supporting Google Cloud Print New tab New window New incognite window Bookmarks Edit Cut Copy Paste Zoom 10 O Print Save page as Find ap Total 1 sheet of paper a ies Tools b History Destination f Print with Google Cloud Print v Downloads t Sign in to Chrome Settings About Google Chrome Help Ext When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete and when the printer is turned on the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically DJ Note e Depending on the communication status it may take a while to print the print data or the printer may not receive the print data e While printing with Google Cloud Print the printing may be canceled depending on the printer s status such as when the printer is being operated or an error has occurred To resume printing check the printer s status then print with Google Cloud Print again e For print settings e If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4 Letter B5 A5 size the print data is printed in single sided even when you select the duplex print setting The paper size differs depending on the model of your printer For information about the supported paper sizes go to the Online Manual home page and refer to the Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing for your model Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 16 e If you
468. sword has been set to this printer Enter the admin password and then cick OK Admin Password Enter the administrator password you have set D Note e An administrator password is already specified for the machine at the time of purchase For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Search Screen This screen is displayed automatically if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point For information on the encryption settings see Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed Security is not configured on the access point The machine can still be used so continue the setup procedure to complete it Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 600 The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten Initialize the machine settings Initializing the Machine Settings After initializing the machine settings perform setup with
469. t Operating speed may be reduced compared to when the quiet mode is not selected Note e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine the printer driver or ScanGear scanner driver No matter how you set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the machine or printing and scanning from the computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 175 Turning on off the Machine Automatically You can enable the machine to turn on off automatically considering the environment Turning on the Machine Automatically Turning off the Machine Automatically Turning on the Machine Automatically You can enable the machine to turn on automatically when you perform printing or scanning operations from the computer 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 14 times 3 Release the Stop button 4 Press the Color button To disable the function press the Black button in step 4 D2 Note e You can select whether you turn the machine on automatically from the operation panel of the machine the printer driver or ScanGear scanner driver No matter how you set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform printing or scanning operations from the computer Turning off the Machine Automatically You can enable the machine to turn off automatically when no operation is made or no print
470. t JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 471 Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Note tt e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 472 Image Stitch Window Click Stit
471. t is displayed Normally you can leave the check box checked During printing if you do not want to reduce large documents that cannot be printed on the printer uncheck the check box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 279 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the number of copies to be printed For Copies on the Page Setup tab specify the number of copies to be printed Letter 8 5711 22280m Onertation A Pore A Lingeape Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Sre Page Layout Nomssire H 5 E wf Pian P Later Seep 22Bon Nomalsize Ftio Page Sosed Page Layout Tiing Poster lt gt V Aatoenatically reduce large document that the perter carrat opt D Ouples Parting Manus Staping Sde Long cide saping Left 3 Specify the print order Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order and uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out all pages in each copy together Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same page number together e Print from Last Page i Collate Print from Last Page i Colla
472. t match the purpose are applied In addition functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in Additional Features You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name You can delete the registered printing profile You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the up or down arrow keys Standard These are the factory settings If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Photo Printing If you select this setting when printing a photo the photo paper and photo size generally used are set If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Business Document Select this setting when printing a general document If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Paper Saving Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document The 2 on 1 Printing and Duplex Printing Manual check boxes are checked automatically If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 353 Envelope If you select this setting for printing an envelope Media Type is set automatically to Envelope In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box select the size of the e
473. t mode Restrictions If you use the machine with the access point mode for the long time it is recommended that you change the default access point name and the default password to the combination of numbers and letters with the point of view of security How to enable the Access Point Mode Enable the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Press and hold the Wi Fi button until the Alarm lamp flashes 3 times 3 Release the Wi Fi button When the ON lamp changed from flashing to lit the access point mode is enabled Note e To confirm the current access point mode setting of the machine print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information e You can specify the access point name SSID and the security setting optionally Setting of the Access Point Mode Printing Scanning with the Access Point Mode Print Scan with the access point mode following the procedure below Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 177 1 Connect an external device such as a computer or a smartphone to the machine via wireless LAN Perform wireless LAN settings with your external device then assign the access point name specified for the machine as a destination Note e For details on how to perform wireless LAN settings with an external device refer to the device s instruction manual When a WPA2 PSK AES password is vali
474. t notice can be checked In addition the language to be used can be switched Initial Check Items Before running Cleaning or Deep Cleaning check that the printer power is on and open the cover of the printer Check the following items for each ink e Check the amount of ink remaining in the cartridge e Make sure that you push in the ink cartridge completely until you hear a clicking sound e If an orange tape is adhered to the ink cartridge peel it off completely Any remaining tape will hinder ink output e Check that the ink cartridges are installed in their correct positions Start Print Head Alignment dialog box This dialog box allows you to adjust the attachment position for the print head or to print the current setting value for the print head position Align Print Head Aligns the print head Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines Align the print head immediately after installing the print head Print Alignment Value Click this button to check the current setting value of the print head position Prints the current setting value for the print head position Print Head Alignment dialog box To adjust the print head position manually click Align Print Head in the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and perform the operations instructed in the messages The Print Head Alignment dialog box is then displayed This dialog box allows you to
475. t page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Page Selection Displays the Page Selection dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can also select the ratio from the drop down list box located on the toolbar Whole Displays the entire page of data as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu This menu includes the following command Displays Print Page Information Displays print setup information including printer paper size media type and page layout for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 384 Start Printing button Prints the documents selected in the document list T
476. t ratio Add Delete Opens the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box in which you can specify custom output sizes You can select this option when Destination is Print or Image display In the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box you can specify multiple output sizes and save them at one time Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected along with the predefined items Adding Enter Output Size Name Width and Height then click Add For Unit you can select inches or mm when Destination is Print but you can only select pixels when Destination is Image display The name of the added size appears in Output Size List Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List Deleting Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List then click Delete Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List D Important e You cannot delete predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 516 DJ Note e Save up to 10 items An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range Enter a value within the setting range Note e For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab Preferences dialog box Invert aspect ratio Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible Click thi
477. t to change without notice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 270 About the Administrator Password An administrator password canon is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase Important e For security reasons it is recommended to change the password before you use the printer e You can change the password using one of the tools below Some tools may not be available depending on the printer you are using operation panel of the printer e IJ Network Tool e printer information screen displayed on some Canon application software e When you change the password use 0 to 32 alphanumeric characters e If the password has been changed while you are sharing the printer and you do not know the password ask the administrator of the printer you are using e The password reverts to the default setting by initializing the printer settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 271 Printing at Printing from a Computer Printing from a Digital Camera Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 272 Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 273 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver gt Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Overview of the Printer Driver Printer
478. t up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again Devices connected to the printer in access point mode cannot communicate with each other Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using the access point mode When a device has been connected to the printer without using an access point and you want to set it up again using the same connection method disconnect it first Disable the connection between the device and printer in the Wi Fi setting screen Connection Using a Wired Network e This printer cannot be used over wireless and wired connections at the same time e When using a router connect the printer and a device to the LAN side same network segment Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 35 Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided the availability of site access or permission to download the materials Canon may at any time update change or delete the information provided through the web service or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the u
479. t when orientation is Landscape check box To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 365 Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal sized printing You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit to Page Scaled Page Layout Tiling Poster or Booklet for Page Layout If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size the document size will be reduced If you select a paper size that is larger the document size will be enlarged Also if you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Page Layout Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing Normal size This is the normal printing method Select this when you do not specify any page layout Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document the printer can automatically reduce the size when it prin
480. ta with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them use a printing ICC profile in the application software and select settings for color management The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select Driver Matching for Color Correction Calor Correction KM None 4 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 322 Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 323 Printing with ICC Profiles When the image data has a specified input ICC profile you can print by using the color spa
481. tab 2 Delete the printing profile Click Delete When the confirmation message appears click OK The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list Note e Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 167 Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed cartridges according to an intended use When one of the FINE cartridges becomes empty and cannot be replaced immediately by a new one you can specify the other FINE cartridge that still has ink and continue printing The procedure for specifying the FINE cartridge is as follows s 1 Open the printer driver setup window Ink Cartridge Settings 2 Click Ink Cartridge Settings on the Maintenance tab The Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box appears 3 Select the FINE cartridge to be used Select the FINE cartridge to be used for printing and click OK The specified FINE cartridge will be used from the next printing Important When a setting other than Plain Paper or Envelope is selected for Media Type on the Main tab Black Only is disabled because the printer uses the color FINE cartridge to print documents Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use Printing cannot be performed while either FINE cartridge is detached Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 168
482. tained a necessary print job start the printing process over from the beginning Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 349 Instructions for Use Printer Driver This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver Restrictions on the Printer Driver With some applications the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled In this case use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the operating system interface language the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties If you change any of the items you will not be able to use the following functions correctly Also if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications that prohibit EMF spooling such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor the following functions will not operate Preview before printing on the Main tab o Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab o Page Layout Tiling Poster Booklet Duplex Printing Manual Specify Margin Print from Last Page Collate and Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab o Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment ta
483. te 5 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 280 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order Important When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling Poster is selected for Page Layout When Booklet is selected for Page Layout Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and cannot be set When Duplex Printing Manual is selected Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set J Note e By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate you can perform printing so that papers are collated one by one starting from the last page These settings can be used in combination with Normal size Fit to Page Scaled and Page Layout Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 281 Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows 1 Open the printer driver se
484. ted View Menu Selects the documents and pages to be displayed Documents Use the following command to select the document to display First Document Displays the first document in the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Document Displays the document located before the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Document Displays the document located after the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Document Displays the last document in the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Pages Use the following command to select the page to be displayed Note If the Page Layout setting in the printer driver is specified to Tiling Poster or Booklet the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software First Page Displays the first page of the document If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page If the current
485. ted Paper Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Curls Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion You can confirm the intensity using the printer driver Adjusting Intensity Is Photo Paper used for printing photographs When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color we recommend using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper Media Types You Can Use Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 624 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Is the appropriate type of paper used Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose Media Types You Can Use S Load the paper after correcting its curl We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and keeping it on a level surface For Plain Paper Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side Leaving the paper loaded on the rear tray for a long time may cause t
486. tem again Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 648 Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor Change the display setting in the application Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application Note e You cannot reduce the image size in Paint To reduce the display size open the images in an application Change the resolution setting in ScanGear scanner driver and scan again The higher the resolution the larger the resulting image will be Resolution Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 649 Software Problems The E mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E mail Client Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 650 The E mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E mail Client Check that the e mail client s MAPI is enabled Refer to the e mail client s manual for how to set MAPI If the problem is not solved even when MAPI is enabled select None Attach Manually in the screen for selecting an e mail client then manually attach the image to the outgoing e mail Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 651 Problems with the Machine The Machine Cannot Be Powered On The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB C
487. ter aoaaa aaaea 577 Network Seal SENGS ci aades canada eRe dh dA ROE Aeon Chad ee RRA SR Boren aah 579 Troubleshooting nih ieotcdennne dine kN RS GEG RAaW dD Ree EAA SRW REA 582 Problems with Network Communication s 4 4s0c0c0cacaaeeseesan eee inedaes 583 Problems with the Machine While Using with Network TIIT A E TEI SE o 584 The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly ccaccecdsseee toa tncnnaddudesdaaadumimaana 585 Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Machine 588 Printing Speed E olOWeerinri torar iwadi aaar a a A 589 Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings 590 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network spit Gaeta E G ci reo TEETE LEE sue Ga ee 591 Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication 4 592 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 2 593 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 040 594 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 24 595 The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN EET jain arain esasa an O90 Other Problems with Wework 54404404 94 49 44o5 869406826 Ke EDEN EMER EERE EME RAE DES 598 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key 2 0200 0c e eee eeeee 599 The Message Is Displ
488. ter increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins To leave out words Cut and Paste uncheck this check box DJ Note e This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used Print Cut Paste lines in margins To leave out cut lines uncheck this check box Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances To reprint only a specific page select Pages and enter the page number you want to print To specify multiple pages enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a hyphen between the page numbers DJ Note e You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document will be divided into several pages during printing Printing Only Specific Pages If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing you can reprint only the specific pages by following the procedure below 1 Set the print range In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab click the pages that do not need to be printed The pages that were clicked are deleted and only the pages to be printed are displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 292 Quick Setup Man Page Sp Martenance EEN Page Sze Letter 85x11 22280m Onertation A Porras AJ Rotate 190
489. ter are correct For the procedures to connect a network device to the computer and set them up refer to the instruction manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Mae Make sure that a valid wireless channel is used Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 585 The wireless channel to be used may be limited depending on wireless network devices installed in the computer Refer to the instruction manual provided with your computer or your wireless network device to specify the valid wireless channel Make sure that the channel confirmed in Check 8 can communicate with the computer If not change the channel set to the access point Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the machine and computer to the LAN side same network segment If the problem is not resolved perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to t
490. th FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter Canon U S A Inc One Canon Park Melville New York 11747 1 800 652 2666 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 86 Users in Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS 102 of the IC radio frequency RF Exposure rules This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person s body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles Pour les usagers r sidant au Canada Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillag
491. th the same settings from the next time as well Inthe Commonly Used Settings window click Save to register the specified settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 276 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver When you use this printer selecting a media type that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following media types on this printer Commercially available papers Plain Paper including recycled paper Plain Paper Canon genuine papers Photo Printing Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt Photo Paper Plus Glossy II Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 501 GP 601 gt Glossy Photo Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 277 Various Printing Methods Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Stapling Margin Fit to Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing Tiling Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing gt gt gt Stamp Background Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Setting Up Envelope Printing Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 278 Setting a Page Size and Orientatio
492. that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running gt IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears in the notification area on the desktop Click E to check the hidden icons as well Note e If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop follow the procedure below to start Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX on the Start screen If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Windows 7 Windows Vista Windows XP From the Start menu click All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Scanner Selector EX gt IJ Network Scanner Selector EX The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop and the Scan from PC Settings screen appears In that case skip ahead to Step 3 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 579 2 In the notification area on the desktop right click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX then select Settings The Scan from PC Settings screen appears 3 Select your scanner or printer from Scanners Normally the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup In that case you do not need to select it again J Important e If multiple scanners exist on the network multiple model names appear In that case you can select one scanner per model 4 Click OK
493. the angles vary by line e Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text e Documents with extremely large or small fonts e Documents with small amount of text e Documents containing figures images e Hand written text e Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog box are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog box Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 456 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D
494. the machine or connect to the Internet via a router For information on using a router contact your Internet service provider or a network device manufacturer If you write files to a memory card over a network when IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is not running the Date Modified of the files may not be proper Make sure to start up IJ Network Scanner Selector EX before you write files to a memory card over the network For details refer to IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen from the HOME of your product s Online Manual Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 246 When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If No Driver is displayed for the printer s name on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen the printer driver is not associated with a created port To associate a port with a printer driver follow the procedure below 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer displayed as No Driver on Name 3 Select Associate Port on the Settings menu The Associate Port screen is displayed Associate a port with an installed printer Select a printer to associate with and cack OK Model Canon Sa genes Printer Name Status Avadable Avadable Avadable Available Model Canon m3 Canon Microsoft Microsoft 4 Select a printer to associate with a port Port Name res PORTPROMPT SHRFAX The list of the printers that the printer driver is installed is displayed at Printe
495. the notification area on the taskbar Click the message then follow the instructions on the computer screen to install Easy WebPrint EX e While the installation or download Easy WebPrint EX is in progress it is necessary to access the Internet Is Canon Easy WebPrint EX selected on the Toolbars menu in the Internet Explorer s View menu If Canon Easy WebPrint EX is not selected Easy WebPrint EX is disabled Select Canon Easy WebPrint EX to enable it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 662 How to Update MP Drivers in Network Environment Download the latest MP Drivers in advance To obtain the latest MP Drivers access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers for your model After uninstalling the MP Drivers install the latest MP Drivers according to the regular procedure When the connection method selection screen is displayed select Use the printer with wireless LAN connection The machine will be detected automatically in the network After making sure that the machine is detected install the MP Drivers following the on screen instructions Note e You can use the machine over a LAN without performing setup again Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 663 Uninstalling IJ Network Tool Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer Important e Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled you can print over network or scan from the computer Howeve
496. the printer settings to the factory defaults Initialize settings The network settings of the printer is initialized Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website Note You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool activate wireless LAN in advance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 205 Viewing the Modified Settings The Confirmation screen is displayed when you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen When you click Yes on the Confirmation screen the following screen is displayed for confirming the modified settings The folowing settings were sent to the printer Seongs tem Setting Value Use Admin Password Set up Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 206 Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool gt Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Configuration Screen Wireless LAN Sheet Search Screen gt WEP Details Screen gt WPA WPA2 Details Screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Setup Information Confirmation Screen Wired
497. then prints a pattern in which the intensity contrast that you set is the center value enc w is Ee EE Ee ancy d OIS N E ks ks Bacio j b T 5 n s 5 pas p u 4 6 Adjusting the intensity contrast Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the intensity contrast numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Intensity and Contrast fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK ABCDEF 1234567 Sarrgie Tyge Rarderd C Yew Color Patten Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 34 Note e You can also set intensity contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab Then when you execute printing the document is printed with the intensity contrast that was adjusted by the pattern print function D Important When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items are grayed out and cannot be set e Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing Manual is set only Stapling Side can be set e You can print a pattern only if Normal size is selected for Page Layout on the Page Setup t
498. ting data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing Manual check box on the Page Setup tab Letter 8 5 x11 22280m A Perm A Langacepe J Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Sre 5 Page Layout Nomsisire 4 F GH 9 a i Lever 8 5x11 232m Nomalsize FitoPage Scaled Page Layout Tiing Poster lt gt V Aromatica reduce large document that the perter carrot opt 3 Select the layout Select Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout from the Page Layout list 4 Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings To change the setting select another stapling side from the list 5 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 6 Complete the setup Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 296 Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper After one side is printed reload the paper correctly according to the message Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side Important e When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from Media Type on the Main tab Duplex Printing Manual appears grayed out and i
499. tion All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 224 Access Control Sheet 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using You can register the MAC addresses or the IP addresses of computers or network devices to allow access To display the Access Control sheet click the Access Control tab on the Configuration screen Wreless LAN WredLAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Acoess Control Type 1 Enable printer socess controsMA0 address MAD Address Comment instructions 1 Printer Access Control Type Select the type of access control with which to limit access of computers or network devices to the printer over a network The setting items may differ depending on the choice of access control methods When Selecting MAC address When Selecting IP address When Selecting MAC address The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their MAC addresses Computers or network devices whose MAC addresses appear on the list are allowed access Wreless LAN Weed LAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Acoess Control Type MAG Address instructions Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 225 1 Enable printer access control MAC address Select to enable access control to the printer by MAC address Note The two types of access control i e by MAC address and by IP address can
500. tion Screen Display Warning Automatically Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen When this menu is selected the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing 3 Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Enable switch printer function When you cannot use your printer you can use the same one on the network instead When you enable this function and you cannot use your printer the screen to confirm if you start searching the same printer as yours is displayed Follow the message on the screen DJ Note e When this function is enabled a check mark appears on the menu Associate Port Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer Associate Port Screen This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 210 Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive Maintenance Screen Set up printer s wireless LAN You can change the access point mode settings Perform settings follow
501. tion of dots carrying information about brightness and color The density of these dots is called resolution and resolution will determine the amount of detail your image contains The unit of resolution is dots per inch dpi Dpi is the number of dots per inch 2 5 cm The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image the lower the resolution value the less detail FF How to Set the Resolution You can set the resolution in the following screens IJ Scan Utility Resolution on the Le Scanning from a Computer tab of the Settings dialog box ScanGear Scanner Driver Output Resolution in Output Settings on the Advanced Mode tab Appropriate Resolution Settings Set the resolution according to the use of the scanned image Appropriate Item Type Color Mode Pe j Resolution Copvi PPS Color 300 dpi Printing Creating a postcard 300 dpi Color photo Saving to a computer 300 dpi Using on a website or attaching Color 150 dpi to e mail Black and white photo Using on a website or attaching Grayscale 150 dpi to e mail Eobin Color Grayscale or 300 dpi i i pane Black and White P Text document document or Calor Grayscale or magazine Attaching to e mail ekani PAR i 150 dpi Scanning text using OCR Color or Grayscale 300 dpi Saving to a computer 300 dpi Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 562 Important e If you double the resolution the data size of the scanned
502. tions regarding disposal of consumables 6 Prepare a new FINE cartridge 1 Take a new FINE cartridge out of its package and remove the protective tape C gently gt Important If you shake a FINE cartridge ink may spill out and stain your hands and the surrounding area Handle a FINE cartridge carefully Be careful not to stain your hands and the surrounding area with ink on the removed protective tape Do not reattach the protective tape once you have removed it Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables Do not touch the electrical contacts or print head nozzle on a FINE cartridge The machine may not print properly if you touch them Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 128 7 Install the FINE cartridge 1 Insert the new FINE cartridge at a slant into the FINE cartridge holder The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be installed into the right slot 3J Important e Insert the FINE cartridge gently so that it does not hit the electrical contacts on the FINE cartridge holder 2 Push the FINE cartridge in and up firmly until it snaps into place Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 129 ee 3 Important e Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 130 The machine cannot print unless both the color FINE cartridge and black
503. tive Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and wherever such third party notices normally appear The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use reproduction or distribution of Your modifications or for any such Derivative Works as a whole provided Your use reproduction and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License 5 Submission of Contributions Unless You explicitly state otherwise any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License without any additional terms or conditions Notwithstanding the above nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions 6 Trademarks This License does not grant permission to use the trade names trademarks service marks or product n
504. to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center DJ Note Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 52 Manage users screen yt Manage users Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears e Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 2 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can change the printer name 3 Right context menu When you select the context menu appears The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 53 series Sort Latest notices User information Help legal notices Log out f Facebook Evernote Ss om 6 Apps Con g Properties Manage jobs
505. to the e mail address entered Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 43 Preparation To create an account enter your e mail address and the printer registration ID An e mail from noreply mail cs c ij com will be sent to the specified e mail address If you use e mail filters be sure to allow e mail from this address An e mail address that ts already registered cannot be used E mail address Printer registration ID About printer registration ID Cancel J Important e There are character restrictions for the e mail address as shown below e You can use up to 255 alphanumeric characters consisting of single byte characters and symbols amp _ e Multibyte characters cannot be used You will get an error if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used e If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by starting the remote UI and selecting IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service e You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter If you have a setting to receive only the e mails from certain domains be sure to change the setting to allow receiving e mails from noreply mail cs c ij com There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e mail because of the spam filter setting or if you entered an incorrect e mail address Note e When you access the
506. ts the document Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document Fit to Page This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software Scaled Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed Specify the size in Printer Paper Size or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box Scaling Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print Page Layout Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper Specify Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on page layout printing Tiling Poster This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter such as a poster Specify Opens the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on tiling poster printing Booklet The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet Data is printed on both sides of the paper This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly in page number order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center Specify Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on booklet printing Downloaded from Ma
507. ttings the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function Important e You can set the quiet mode from the printer the printer driver or ScanGear scanner driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the printer or printing and scanning from the computer e If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours quiet mode is not applied to operations copy direct print etc performed directly from the printer Custom Settings dialog box When you click Custom Settings the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignme
508. tup window 2 Specify the side to be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best staple position When you want to change the setting select from the list Letier 8 5 11 22280m A Pora A O Lnice C Retste 180 degrees Same as Page Sre Page Layout Noenaleine GH 8 a g Nomalcize Ftto Page Sosed Page Layout Tiing Poster lt gt V Aatoenaticaly seduce large documert that the perter carrot otot 3 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 282 Note The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width D Important Stapling Side and Specify Margin appear grayed out and are unavailable when Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected for Page Layout e Scaled is selected for Page Layout When Duplex Printing Manual is also selected only Stapling Side can be specified Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 283 Fit to Page Printing PEER Festival Festival I Come and join us J 3 The procedure for printing a document that is a
509. u execute print the data is printed with the specified stamp Printing a Background Two bitmap files are pre registered as samples 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab The Stamp Background dialog box opens 3 Select the background Check the Background check box and select the background to be used from the list The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the background details If necessary complete the following settings and then click OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 299 Select Background button To use another background or change the layout or density of a background click this Background first page only To print the background only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified background Note The stamp and background are not printed on blank sheets inserted with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing Related Topics Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 300 Registering a Stamp This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used You can create and register a new stamp You can also change and re register
510. uct will be sent In this survey we will not send any other information including your personal information For this reason from the infremation that ic cant th ne wa are unable tn idantifv enarifir rectomarc If you agree to the above click Agree Otherwise click Do not agree If you wish to uninstall this program click Uninstall This will uninstall the program and no further survey will be made W Uninstall Do not agree If you agree to participate in the survey program Click Agree then follow the on screen instructions The printer usage information will be sent via the Internet If you have followed the on screen instructions the information will be sent automatically from the second time onward and the confirmation screen will not be displayed again 3 Note e When the information is being sent a caution screen such as an Internet security screen may be displayed In this case confirm that the program name is IJPLMUI exe then allow it e If you deselect the Send automatically from the next time check box the information will not be sent automatically from the second time onward and a confirmation screen will be displayed at the time of the next survey To send the information automatically see Changing the confirmation screen setting If you do not agree to participate in the survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen will be closed and the survey at that time is skipped
511. ud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer 3 When the confirmation message is displayed select OK 4 Enter your Printer registration ID and select OK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 69 Add printer Add a printer Enter the printer registration ID Printer registration ID About printer registration ID Cancel DJ Note When you access the service from Remote UI the Printer registration ID is entered automatically 5 Enter the Password for the account you obtained beforehand and select OK Authentication is required to perform this process Enter your password E mail address Password Printer addition is completed If a printer added message is not displayed follow the instructions on the displayed screen Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 70 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If an app cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list If the information is not updated when you press the Update button If you do not receive the registration e mail Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac euuuues If an app cannot be installed Check the country or region where the printer was purchased If the printer
512. umber of sheets used for printing increases If you are pasting pages together to create a poster increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins Specifies whether to print the words Cut and Paste in the margins These words serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster Check this check box to print the words Note Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 368 Print Cut Paste lines in margins Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster Check this check box to print the cut lines Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances Select Pages to specify a specific page or range DJ Note If some of the pages have not been printed well specify the pages that do not need to be printed by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab Only the pages shown on the screen will be printed this time Booklet Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet Printing only on one side and printing a page border can also be set in this dialog box The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings mad
513. unication If the machine could not be detected on the network when setting up the network communication confirm the network settings before redetecting the machine Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Important e If the machine cannot be detected while you are setting up the network communication using a USB cable the machine may be in the access point mode In this case finish the access point mode and enable the wireless LAN then try to redetect the machine Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 592 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Are the computer and network device router access point etc configured and can the computer connect to the network Make sure that you can view web pages on your computer If you cannot view any web pages Configure the computer and network device For the procedures refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device or contact their manufacturers If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device try to set up the network communication from the beginning If you can view web pages Go to check 2 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 593 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 Does the firewall function of your sec
514. unsubscription Unsubscribe 8 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select 63 ama Mng peinter A Manage users User information instructions Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest There are no new n OneDrive Notice list Copyright CANON INC 64 Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When the user registration is completed you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service 1 From your PC smartphone or tablet access the service login URL http cs c ij com 2 On the Login screen enter the E mail address and Password and then select Log in J Important e The e mail address and password are case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed 99 Important e If you fail to log in five straight times you will not be able to login again for an hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access e The service may not function properly
515. urity software or operation system for computer interfere with setting up the network communication The firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communications between the machine and your computer Confirm the setting of firewall function of your security software or operation system or the message appearing on your computer If the firewall function interferes with setting up When the message appears on your computer If the message warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network appears on the computer set the security software to allow access When the message does not appear on your computer Cancel to set up then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network On the Setup CD ROM select win gt Driver gt DrvSetup then set the security software to allow the file Setup exe or Setup64 exe to access the network After setting the security software try to set up the network communication from the beginning Note e For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer If there is no problem with the firewall settings Go to check 3 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 594 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3
516. urrently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Up One Moves the selected print document one up from its current position If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move to Last Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 387 Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list If the document list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Delete Document on the toolbar Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings This command has the same functionality as the Grayscale Printing check box in the print settings area Page Layout Printing Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Page Layout Printing Pages Page Order and Page Border Duplex Printing Opens the Duplex Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Duplex Printing Manual Stapling Side and Margin Copies
517. urvey Program is uninstalled Follow the on screen instructions Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 673 Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device The following are the possible errors that may occur when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and the countermeasures to clear them DJ Note e This section describes errors that are indicated on Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices The error messages and operations may vary depending on the device you are using For errors on non Canon PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices check the status of the Alarm lamp and take the appropriate action to clear the error For details see If an Error Occurs Support Code List e For the errors indicated on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and their solution also refer to the instruction manual of the device For other troubles on the device contact the manufacturer Error Message on the PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device Aston Printer in use If the machine is printing from the computer or warming up wait until the job ends When it is ready the machine starts printing automatically No paper Load paper and select Continue in the display on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device To resume printing you can also press the Color button or the Black button on the machine instead of selecting Continue on the d
518. using the printing result may be improved Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box then click OK Deselect the check box after printing is complete Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced Is the space of your computer s hard disk sufficient Delete unnecessary files to free disk space Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 616 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 617 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory ei Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly After performing the Print Head
519. uto is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 457 High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format DJ Note iY e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning Important e This does not appear when Select Source is Auto e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Im
520. utomatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set fit to page printing Select Fit to Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Setup Man Page Sep Martenance EEN Pope Sie Letter 8 5 11 23280m Ej Orientation A Pora AJC Rotate 180 degrees GPP Portar Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Fttofage J 5 N a ca Nomalsize Sealed Page Layout Tiing Poster c gt 3 Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list When the Printer Paper Size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the Printer Paper Size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 284 Quick Setup Man Page Sp Martensnce f EEN Pope San Letter 85x11 22280m amp Onereation A Porat LA Oungcpe Page Layout Fttofage H 3 B g Nomalsize FttoPage Scaled Page Layout Tiing Poster 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manu
521. ver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 481 Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver Use ScanGear scanner driver to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or other applications Note Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection Starting IJ Scan Utility Follow these steps to start ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility 1 Start IJ Scan Utility Refer to Starting IJ Scan Utility for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click ScanGear in the IJ Scan Utility main screen The ScanGear screen appears Starting from an Application Follow these steps example to start ScanGear from an application The procedure varies depending on the application For details refer to the application s manual 1 Start the application 2 On the menu of the application select the machine Note e When you want to use a network compatible model by connecting to a network select one with Network displayed after the product name 3 Select the command to scan a document The ScanGear screen appears Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 482 Scanning in Basic Mode Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following the on screen steps Refer to Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time
522. vers for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to delete MP Drivers Step 2 Uninstall IJ Scan Utility Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Click the Settings charm gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features Double click Canon IJ Scan Utility When a confirmation appears click Yes When uninstallation is complete click OK WORD IJ Scan Utility is deleted D2 Note e In Windows 8 1 and Windows 8 a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting up software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account follow the on screen instructions Windows 7 Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features Double click Canon IJ Scan Utility When a confirmation appears click Yes When uninstallation is complete click OK WON IJ Scan Utility is deleted DJ Note e In Windows 7 and Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting up software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account follow the on screen instructions Windows XP From the Start menu select Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs Select Canon IJ Scan Utility then click Change Remove Whe
523. view Area This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview You can also check the results of the settings image corrections color adjustments etc made in 1 Settings and Operation Buttons When Eaj Thumbnail is displayed on the Toolbar Cropping frames are specified according to the document size and thumbnails of scanned images are displayed Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned 2J Note e When multiple images are previewed different outlines indicate different selection status e Focus Frame thick blue outline The displayed settings will be applied e Selected Frame thin blue outline The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously You can select multiple images by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key e Unselected no outline The settings will not be applied P When Whole Image is displayed on the Toolbar Items on the Platen are scanned and displayed as a single image All portions in the cropping frames will be scanned Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 526 3J Note e You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image In thumbnail view you can only create one cropping frame per image In whole image view you can create multiple cropping frames Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Related Topic Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Docum
524. w area The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas within the cropping frame Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 518 RR RIR Check All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Selects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view og m O Uncheck All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Deselects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view 56 56 Select All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue Select All Cropping Frames Available when two or more cropping frames are specified Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them Remove Cropping Frame Removes the selected cropping frame o Information Displays the version of ScanGear and the current scan settings document type etc 6 Open Guide Opens this page 3 Preview Area This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview You can also check the results of the settings image corrections color adjustments etc made in 1 Settings and Operation Buttons When Eaj Thumbnail is displayed on the Toolbar Cropping frames are specified according to the document size and thumbnails of scanned images are displayed Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned Downloaded from Manu
525. w image 90 degrees counter clockwise e The result will be reflected in the scanned image The image returns to its original state when you preview again gt a Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise e The result will be reflected in the scanned image The image returns to its original state when you preview again X e Ja Auto Crop Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the Preview area The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas within the cropping frame RR RR Check All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Selects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view og oOo Uncheck All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Deselects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view a5 EJE Select All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue Available when two or more cropping frames are specified Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 525 x Remove Cropping Frame Removes the selected cropping frame oT Information Displays the version of ScanGear and the current scan settings document type etc Open Guide Opens this page 3 Pre
526. wanwewar 483 Scanning in Advanced Mode beed fata Oi Certs ee ree TITI TEE pene 486 Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode 488 Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver 490 Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear Scanner Driver 494 Correcting Images Unsharp Mask Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction etc 495 Adjusting Colors Using a Color Patter 2 2 6 20 cnn e cence eens een eben enene 499 Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance 00005 haa Gre denice Seasons 501 Adjusting Brightness and Contrast 0 0 0 0 auaa aaa 503 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Histogram Eee a TEET EE TTET TERET TEPE CE ee ee 505 Adjusting Tone CUNE ics aca biden aaah deat etae kde baad kee eaa bed 509 Seung TITS SI VON s gc ere Ser aye yy Se re 9 ae See Lae Se eee Gy BM ie Se ee 512 ocaliiscar Scanner Driver SChEENS s caaddcnd cada nna hed deeded dh edad Kaan Raa ee 513 Basie Nod Tabe resorirdssasu iradas turidu pir ra e rE 514 Advanced Mode TaD id acceadact cagia eau tte eee Meee aaa a 522 GPU SUNS citcant nce enrrecheddepde ated ivbpdaeand a aehe ae a dae 528 UOC Ss cia cist cured cite lava die deat a Rais di Rbk ah aud ante dt a dy a i e deals 531 mage SOUNGS errer EE ar eda any 534 Color Adjustment BUHONS auessa A diead rrur kee iet hrane aA 539 Preferences Dialog
527. when the confirmation message appears The Pattern Check dialog box opens 5 Check the print result Check the print result When the print result is normal click Exit If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head Related Topic Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 155 Cleaning Inside the Printer Perform bottom plate cleaning before you execute duplex printing to prevent smudges on the back side of the paper Also perform bottom plate cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page The procedure for performing bottom plate cleaning is as follows Bottom Plate Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Bottom Plate Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The Bottom Plate Cleaning dialog box opens 3 Load paper in the printer As instructed in the dialog box fold the A4 size or Letter size plain paper in half horizontally and then unfold the sheet Load the paper into the rear tray in the portrait orientation with the crest of the crease facing down 4 Perform the bottom plate cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Bottom plate cleaning starts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 156 Cleaning the Machine Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Cl
528. when you select Color Matching e This function is available when Color Mode is Color None Select this to disable color correction provided by ScanGear scanner driver Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 549 DJ Note e Depending on your scanner or printer this setting may not be available when scanning from the ADF Auto Document Feeder e You can select one when Color Mode is Color or Grayscale e Color Matching is available when ScanGear monitor color management compliant application such as Adobe Photoshop and printer are set up correctly Refer to the corresponding manual for the monitor printer and application settings Monitor Gamma By setting the gamma value of a monitor you can adjust the input data to the brightness characteristics of the monitor Adjust the value if your monitor s gamma value does not match the default value set in ScanGear and the colors of the original image are not accurately reflected in the monitor Click Defaults to return to the default Monitor Gamma value 2 20 DJ Note e Refer to the manual of your monitor to check its gamma value If it is not written in the manual contact the manufacturer Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 550 Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Learn how to place items on the platen or ADF Auto Document Feeder of your scanner or printer Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not b
529. will be garbled Related Topics Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used Cleaning Inside the Printer Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode eeEDER EES Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 382 Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages You can also change the media type and paper source settings When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Eile Page Zoom Option Help le gt gt D Whole Part Page information L Printer Paper Sze Letter 85x11 Z2c23em p Meda Tipe Pian Paper Lyh Pare Source Rear Tray Page Layout J Nomai aze Al pages 1 Currert page 1 Copies 1 File Menu Selects the print operation Start Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and then starts printing the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the sam
530. with ScanGear Scanner Driver to scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen When scanning from the ADF Auto Document Feeder documents are scanned without preview gt Important The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly In that case click Thumbnail on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan e Photos that have a whitish background e Documents printed on white paper hand written text business cards etc Thin documents e Thick documents The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly e Documents smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square e Photos that have been cut to various shapes 2 Note e When using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning you can scan both sides of the documents automatically from the ADF 1 Place the document on the Platen or ADF then start ScanGear scanner driver Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver 2 Set Select Source according to the document placed on the Platen or ADF figs lt 9 2 22 85 SQ 2 mewaa CI Adjust croppiso frames wm Correct fading Color Pattern 2 8 Pertorms Scan Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 483 3 Important e Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF For details refer to the application s manual Note e To scan magazines containing many color photos select Magazine Col
531. with a USB Cable Properly Printing or Scanning Speed Is Slow Hi Speed USB Connection Does Not Work This device can perform faster Message Is Displayed If your system environment is not fully compatible with Hi Speed USB the machine will operate at a lower speed provided under USB 1 1 In this case the machine operates properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to communication speed Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB port on your computer support Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi Speed USB connection Be sure to use a certified Hi Speed USB cable We recommend that the cable is no longer than around 10 feet 3 meters e Does the operating system of your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Obtain and install the latest update for your computer e Does the Hi Speed USB driver operate properly Obtain the latest version of the Hi Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on your computer J Important e For details on Hi Speed USB of your system environment contact the manufacturer of your computer USB cable or USB hub Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 655 Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the USB cable is connected properly See Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cabl
532. ws XP My Documents folder Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White J Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Note iY e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format
533. x Changes the details of printing profile to be saved Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings and change the items to be saved in the printing profiles Icon Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save The selected icon appears with its name in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Save the paper size setting Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the paper size is not saved and consequently the paper size setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the paper size specified with the application software Save the orientation setting Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the print orientation is not saved and consequently the Orientation setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the print orientation specified with the application software Save the copies setting Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is se
534. x 6 10 x 15cm Paper type Photo Layout 1 up Bordered Date File No Print Not printed The following settings can be used when printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Paper size 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 A4 8 5 x 11 Letter Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device Paper type e Default Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 e Photo Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 e Plain A4 Letter sized plain paper Layout Default Bordered Index Bordered With a Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device selecting items with i mark allows you to print shooting info Exif Data on the margins of the specified data 1 up May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices Print date amp file Default Off No printing Date File No Both Off no Trimming Default Off No trimming On follow the camera s setting Off Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 404 Copying 1 9 79 Making Copies YBasic Switching the Page Size between A4 and Letter Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 405 Making Copies Load the original on the platen glass to copy 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load A4 or Letter sized plain paper 3 Load the original on the platen glass Note e You can switch the size of paper loaded in the r
535. xxxxxxxx as you confirmed in step 4 then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in the Settings menu If the problem is not resolved reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or install them from our website Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer properly When the machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the machine and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the machine directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again When you use the machine over LAN make sure that the machine is set up to be used over network correctly Make sure that the MP Drivers are installed correctly Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers then reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or reinstall them from our website When the machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable check the status of the device on your computer Follow the procedure below to check the status of the device 1 Open the Device Manager on your computer as shown below If the User Account Control screen
536. y affected e Refer to Image Settings for details and precautions on each function 3 Note e Refer to Scanning in Advanced Mode to start the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear and scan Adjusting the image brightness and color tone Set Image Adjustment to Auto Photo Magazine or Document according to the document type Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 495 Reducing show through in text documents or lightening the base color in recycled paper newspapers etc when scanning documents Set Reduce Show through to ON Sharpening slightly out of focus images Set Unsharp Mask to ON Reducing gradations and stripe patterns Set Descreen to ON Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 496 J Note e Printed photos and pictures are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Descreen is the function for reducing this moire effect Reducing dust and scratches Set Reduce Dust and Scratches to Low Medium or High according to the degree of dust and scratches O Correcting photos that have faded with time or due to colorcast Set Fading Correction to Low Medium or High according to the degree of fading or colorcast Reducing graininess Set Grain Correction to Low Medium or High according to the degree of graininess Correcting shadows that appear
537. y cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced 1 Press the ON button to turn the machine off 3 Unplug the power cord 1 The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 103 Loading Paper Originals Loading Paper Loading Originals Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 104 Loading Paper Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes Media Types You Can Use Media Types You Cannot Use Printing Area Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 105 Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper You can load plain paper or photo paper D Important e If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm to perform trial print it can cause paper jams J Note e We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos For details on the Canon genuine paper see Media Types You Can Use e You can use general copy paper For the page size and paper weight you can use for this machine see Media Types You Can Use 1 Prepare paper Align the edges of paper If paper is curled flatten it DJ Note e Align the edges of paper neatly before loading Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams e If paper is curled hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper be
538. y main screen appears Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 433 DJ Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box 6 Click Document Product Name Canon series 2 e a Auto f Document f Photo Custom Stith ScanGear borane Scanning starts When scanning is completed the scanned images are saved according to the settings and the extracted text appears in the specified application Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Text displayed in your text editor is for guidance only Text in the image of the following types of documents may not be detected correctly Documents containing text with font size outside the range of 8 points to 40 points at 300 dpi Slanted documents Documents placed upside down or documents with text in the wrong orientation rotated characters Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text Documents with narrow line spacing Documents with colors in the background of text Documents containing multiple languages Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 434 IJ Scan Utility Screens gt IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Settings Dialog Box Settings Auto Scan Dialog Box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan D
539. you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v 12 Enter the Security code and select Done Enter the code for authenticating the user Register user info Set security code About security code Security code Security code confirmation 0 to 8 digits 33 Important e The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions e Single byte numbers Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 47 The registration is complete A registration completion message is displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen is displayed Enter the registered e mail address and password and log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 48 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone tablet device or computer Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Ca
540. ype Scanning Photos Scanning Documents Scanning with Favorite Settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 415 Scanning Documents You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents 1 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Document Scan dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Document iijalie a Auto Document Photo Stitch ScanGear benaane Scanning starts J Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Document Scan dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Document Scan dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 416 Scanning Photos You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos 1 Place the photo on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Photo Scan dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Photo Product Name Canon series a oe Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch ScanGear instructors Scanning starts
541. ze to be used for pattern printing 3 Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed Note Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 330 Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 5 Checking the print results of pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer then prints a pattern in which the color balance that you set is the center value Meda Type Photo Paper Pun Gorey Sitters Norra rsy 0 Comment O arcs C Cyn we Y Veios 3 Important e Normally patterns are printed with the color balance settings as the center values However when Black Only is selected for Ink Cartridge Settings on the Maintenance tab the color balance settings are not applied to pattern printing 6 Adjusting the color balance Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the color balance numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Cyan Magenta an

Canon PIXMA MG2924 User Guide Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents